Upload
others
View
16
Download
1
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Pillar 3 Report2018
Growing abetter worldtogether
Pillar 3
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 3
Contents
Forward-looking Statements 4
1. Concise Risk Statement - Key ratios 6
2. Introduction 7
3. Rabobank at a Glance 8
3.1 Basis of consolidation 13
3.2 Accounting and risk principles 14
4. Risk Management 15
4.1 Risk Approach 15
4.2 Risk Management Organisation 16
4.3 Risk Management Framework 18
4.4 Risk Measurement 18
5. Capital Management 21
5.1 Capital Management 21
5.2 Regulatory Capital 22
5.3 Renewed Pillar 2 Capital Framework 23
5.4 Capital Ratios 24
6. Credit Risk 26
6.1 Credit Risk Management 26
6.2 Credit Risk Measurement 27
6.3 Specific Counterparty Credit Risk 43
6.3.1 Qualitative information Counterparty Credit Risk
and credit risk mitigation
43
6.3.2 Quantitative information Counterparty Credit Risk
and credit risk mitigation
45
6.4 Developments in Loan Portfolios 51
6.5 Country Risk 51
6.6 Equities in the Banking Book 52
7. Securitisation 53
7.1 Own Asset Securitisation (Originator Role) 53
7.2 Sponsor Transactions 54
7.3 Investor Transactions 54
7.4 Regulatory Capital Approaches 55
7.5 Risk Measurement 55
8. Operational Risk 57
8.1 Operational Risk Management Framework 57
8.2 Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) 57
8.3 Developments in 2018 60
9. Market Risk 61
9.1 Trading Market Risk 61
9.2 Non-trading Interest Rate Risk 67
9.3 Non-trading Currency Risk 68
10. Liquidity Risk 69
10.1 Liquidity Risk Management Framework 69
10.2 Risk Measurement 69
11. Remuneration 76
11.1 General Principles for Remuneration 76
11.2 Group Remuneration Policy 76
11.3 Quantitative Information 78
12. Global Systemically Important Banks - 12 Indicators 82
13. Declaration Managing Board 83
14. Appendices 84
14.1 Transitional Own Funds Disclosure Template 85
14.2 Capital Instruments Main Features Template 89
14.3 CRR Leverage Ratio 90
14.4 Countercyclical Buffer by Country and Institution-
specific Countercyclical Buffer Rate
92
14.5 Reconciliation with EBA-Guidelines and CRR Articles 93
14.6 Template 21: EU CR6 - IRB approach - Credit risk
exposures by exposure class and PD range
95
14.7 Template 24: EU CR9 - IRB approach - Backtesting of
PD per exposure class
104
14.8 List of Abbreviations 107
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 4
This document contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the business, strategyand plans of Rabobank Group and its current goals and expectations relating to its future financialcondition and performance. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements aboutRabobank Group or its directors’ and/or management’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-lookingstatements. Words such as ‘believes’, ‘anticipates’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘intends’, ‘aims’, ‘potential’, ’will’,‘would’, ‘could’, ‘considered’, ‘likely’, ‘estimate’ and variations of these words and similar future orconditional expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusivemeans of identifying such statements. By their nature, forward looking statements involve risk anduncertainty because they relate to events and depend upon circumstances that will or may occur inthe future.
Examples of such forward-looking statements include, but are not
limited to: projections or expectations of the Group’s future
financial position including profit attributable to provisions,
economic profit, dividends, capital structure, expenditures or any
other financial items or ratios; statements of plans, objectives or
goals of the Group or its management including certain synergy
targets; statements about the future business and economic
environments in the Netherlands and elsewhere including, but
not limited to, future trends in interest rates, foreign exchange
rates, credit and equity market levels and demographic
developments; statements about competition, regulation,
disposals and consolidation or technological developments in
the financial services industry; and statements of assumptions
underlying such statements.
Factors that could cause actual business, strategy, plans and/or
results to differ materially from the plans, objectives,
expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such
forward-looking statements made by the Group or on its behalf
include, but are not limited to: general economic and business
conditions in the Netherlands and internationally; inflation,
deflation, interest rates and policies of the Dutch Central Bank, the
European Central Bank and other G8 central banks; fluctuations
in exchange rates, stock markets and currencies; the ability to
access sufficient funding to meet the Group’s liquidity needs;
changes to the Group’s credit ratings; the ability to derive cost
savings and other benefits; changes in customer preferences;
changes to borrower or counterparty credit quality; instability in
the global financial markets, including Eurozone instability and
the impact of any sovereign credit rating downgrade or other
sovereign financial issues; technological changes and risks to
cyber security; natural and other disasters, adverse weather and
similar contingencies outside the Group’s control; inadequate or
failed internal or external processes, people and systems; acts of
war, other acts of hostility, terrorist acts and responses to those
acts, geopolitical, pandemic or other such events; changes in
laws, regulations, taxation, accounting standards or practices;
regulatory capital or liquidity requirements and similar
contingencies outside the Group’s control; the policies and
actions of governmental or regulatory authorities in the
Netherlands, the European Union (EU), the US or elsewhere,
including the implementation of key legislation and regulation;
the implementation of the draft EU crisis management framework
directive and banking reform, following the recommendations
made by the Independent Commission on Banking; the ability to
attract and retain senior management and other employees;
actions or omissions by the Group’s directors, management or
employees including industrial action; the extent of any future
impairment charges or write-downs caused by, but not limited to,
depressed asset valuations, market disruptions and illiquid
markets; market-related trends and developments; exposure to
regulatory or competition scrutiny, legal proceedings, regulatory
or competition investigations or complaints; changes in
competition and pricing environments; the inability to hedge
certain risks economically; the adequacy of loss reserves; the
actions of competitors, including nonbank financial services and
lending companies; and the success of the Group in managing
the risks of the foregoing.
Forward-looking Statements
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 5
Rabobank Group may also make or disclose written and/or oral
forward-looking statements in reports filed with or furnished to
the US Securities and Exchange Commission, Rabobank Group
annual reviews, half-year announcements, proxy statements,
offering circulars, prospectuses, press releases and other written
materials, and in oral statements made by the directors, officers
or employees of Rabobank Group to third parties, including
financial analysts. Except as required by any applicable law or
regulation, the forward-looking statements contained in this
document are made as of the date hereof, and Rabobank Group
expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release
publicly any updates or revisions to any forward looking
statements contained in this document to reflect any change in
Rabobank Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any
change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such
statement is based.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 6
Transitional Common Equity
Tier 1 Ratio (CET1)
(2017: 15.8%)
16.0%
Transitional Tier 1 Capital Ratio
(2017: 18.8%)
19.5%
Transitional Total Capital Ratio
(2017: 26.2%)
26.6%Transitional Leverage Ratio
(2017: 6.0%)
6.4%
Total Risk Weighted
Exposure Amounts
(2017: 198.3 bn)
200.5 bn
Impairment Charges
on Financial Assets
(2017: -5 bps)
5 bps
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 RATIOOn 1 January 2018 the CET1-ratio decreased from 15.8% to 15.4%
due the phase-in of CRD IV and the full adoption of IFRS 9. During
2018 the CET1-ratio increased by 0.6%-points due to the inclusion
of net profit (after payments on capital instruments) ending up
at 16.0% as per 31 December 2018. The fully loaded CET1-ratio
was also 16.0% on 31 December 2018 as CRD IV is with the
exception of minor items fully phased in now.
TOTAL CAPITAL RATIOThe total capital-ratio increased by 0.4%-points in 2018 from
26.2% to 26.6%, mainly as a consequence of the higher CET1
capital, partly compensated by negative FX movements on FX
capital instruments.
LEVERAGE RATIOOur transitional leverage ratio amounted to 6.4% as per
December 2018 (6.0% as per December 2017). The change in
leverage ratio was mainly due to increased Tier 1 capital and a
reduction of the leverage exposure. We expect that the leverage
ratio will further increase in the coming years.
Reference is made to chapter Risk Management in Rabobank's
Annual Report 2018 for a description of Rabobank's overall risk
profile asscociated with its strategy.
1. Concise Risk Statement - Key ratios
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 7
This document presents the consolidated Capital Adequacy and Risk Management report (hereafterreferred to as Pillar 3) of Rabobank Group (‘Rabobank’) as per 31 December 2018. This report shouldbe read in conjunction with the Annual Report 2018.
Rabobank operates under the CRD IV capital framework which
came into force at the start of 2014. CRD IV constitutes the Basel
framework which seeks to align regulatory requirements with the
economic principles of risk management. The CRD IV was
implemented into Dutch law as amendments to the ‘Wet op het
financieel toezicht’ and further accompanying regulations. Pillar
3 requirements under CRD IV are designed to promote market
discipline through the disclosure of key information about risk
exposures and risk management processes. Rabobank’s 2018
year-end disclosures are prepared in accordance with the CRD IV
requirements and associated guidelines of the European Banking
Authority (EBA) technical standards, in force as of December 31,
2017.
The information in Pillar 3 has not been audited by Rabobank’s
Group external auditors. However, the Pillar 3 disclosures are
subject to the Rabobank’s Group internal controls and validation
mechanisms, which aim to ensure the correctness of the
information disclosed in this report as well as with regard to
compliance with laws and regulations.
The implementation of CRD IV is subject to transitional
arrangements. By January 1, 2019 all CET1 capital deductions
must be phased in and the non-eligible Tier 1 capital instruments
will be phased out by January 1, 2022. Consequently, Rabobank’s
capital position is presented by applying the transitional
arrangements. Rabobank also discloses the end-point CRD IV
rules (i.e. fully loaded basis) for informational purposes.
In addition to the changes required under CRD IV, there remain
ongoing regulatory developments. Rabobank keeps monitoring
them closely and assessing their impact.
The remainder of this report contains:
• Chapter 3: Rabobank at a glance;
• Chapter 4: The approach of risk management, the organisation
and the risk management framework;
• Chapter 5: Capital management, regulatory and economic
capital and key capital ratios;
• Chapter 6: Credit Risk (including counterparty credit risk) and
equities in the banking book;
• Chapter 7: Securitization in the Rabobank portfolio;
• Chapter 8: Operational risk management;
• Chapter 9: Market risk and interest rate risk framework;
• Chapter 10: Liquidity risk management framework and
measurement;
• Chapter 11: Remuneration principles and policy of Rabobank.
Information regarding the following subjects is disclosed in
Rabobank’s Annual Report 2018:
• The number of directorships held by members of the
management body (Note 'Members of the Managing and
Supervisory Board')
• The recruitment policy for the selection of members of the
management body and their actual knowledge, skills and
expertise (Note 'Report of the Supervisory Board')
• The policy on diversity with regard to selection of members
of the management body, its objectives and any relevant
targets set out in that policy, and the extent to which these
objectives and targets have been achieved (Note 'Empowered
employees')
• Whether or not the institution has set up a separate risk
committee and the number of times the risk committee has
met (Note 'Report of the Supervisory Board')
• The description of the information flow on risk to the
management body (Note 'Report of the Supervisory Board').
2. Introduction
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 8
Adding Value for our StakeholdersRabobank is committed to creating value for stakeholders and
society at large. Changing client behavior, technological
developments and a complex economic environment, mean that
value is created through enduring relationships with all
stakeholders, and by responding appropriately to client needs
against the backdrop of today's trends and developments.
External developments and risks
Dilemmas
• 100% digital convenience in everything
• Top customer advice nearby
• Growth with innovation
• Top performance
• Optimal balance sheet
• Exceptionally good execution• Inspired employees
• One Rabobank culture
• Concrete socially responsible contribution
• Involved members and communities
Banking for the Netherlands Banking for Food
Growing a better world together
Val
ue
for
mem
bers and customers
Value for society
Value fo
r em
ploye
esValue for investors
• Capital
• Employees
• Knowledge
• IT
• Partnerships
What do we need?
• Mortgages
• Loans
• Payment services
• Savings
• Assets under Management
• Insurance
• Leasing
• Area development
What do we o!er?
Our impact
What are we aiming for?
Excellent customer
focus
Empoweredemployees
Rock-solidbank
Meaningfulcooperative
Developments and UncertaintiesEvery year we analyze trends and developments that affect our
work. In 2018 we saw many trends in consumer behavior,
technology, innovation, market players, regulations, the economy
and society. All present several opportunities and challenges for
Rabobank and its customers.
The trends in a nutshell are:
• Client preferences are changing rapidly and significantly.
Digital interaction is increasingly replacing face-to-face
contact, so we are investing in the quality and further
innovation of our (digital) services. Client preferences are also
driving changes in the online distribution of goods, with a
large impact on food and other chains. In the Food & Agri
sector the consumer’s influence is growing and ‘from fork to
farm’ is replacing ‘from farm to fork’.
• We see technology impacting our business and those of our
customers, varying from on-farm drones to the use of personal
data. All this data needs to be kept secure and organized.
Digital change, cyber security and IT disruption present a
strategic risk.
• To meet customer needs, we proactively monitor innovations
in and adjacent to the financial (FinTech) and Food &
Agribusiness (FoodTech and AgTech) industries and we are
entering into strategic partnerships.
• Given the current economy, low interest rate environment and
other factors we must continue to operate on a cost-effective
3. Rabobank at a Glance
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 9
basis and improve our cost/income ratio. The world of
financing and lending is always changing. Plenty of individuals
and organizations are prepared to lend risk/venture capital to
third parties. For that reason, we are developing crowdfunding
initiatives.
• Regulators and new regulations are having a growing impact
on the ways banks can provide their services. Regulatory
impact is a strategic risk.
• We have a diversified loan portfolio in different sectors and
countries. Our Risk Appetite Statement sets sector and country
limits that we use to closely monitor the sectors and countries
in which our clients operate.
• Global population growth, aging and the growing middle class
will change demand for food both in volume and quality. This
will be an important growth driver for our clients who provide
the world with food and we will continue to support them.
• Climate change is a bitter reality. Despite the intentions and
ambitions of the Paris climate agreement, the world is
warming up, posing risks for the environment and the food
security of communities. We use the UN Sustainable
Development Goals as guidelines in our efforts to reduce
hunger and poverty in the world. Banks have been asked to
take responsibility to mitigate these threats. Rabobank is
therefore participating in different initiatives such as the World
Economic Forum and the Dutch Climate Agreement talks.
Sustainability is a strategic risk.
• The global trend of urbanization continues unabated,
especially in the Netherlands. Some 55% of the world’s
population currently live in cities and this number is likely to
rise to 68% by 2050. This poses the risk of overheating the
housing market. As a large mortgage provider in the
Netherlands, Rabobank closely monitors this trend.
• Geopolitical unrest is undiminished and trade wars are
reshaping the global economy. The economy is a strategic risk.
• Vulnerability and uncertainty in society are rising. Society
needs the business community in general, and banks in
particular, to show social responsibility. To address these issues
we kick-started major programs inspired by our mission
'Growing a better world together.'
For more detailed information about Rabobank's Risk
Management, please refer to the Risk Management chapter in the
Annual Report 2018.
Value Creation InputsOur value creation model shows the key inputs we use: capital
(financial capital), employees (human capital), knowledge, IT
(intellectual capital) and partnerships (social capital). These are
pivotal inputs to our business model, along with our mission,
vision, strategy, and our products and services. Finally, the output
and impact section of the value creation model is structured
around our strategic cornerstones. For more detailed information,
see the downloads.
Human CapitalIn carrying out our strategy, Rabobank remains focused on human
capital and empowering employees by encouraging continuous
learning (training expenses EUR 1,906 per Fte), craftmanship and
entrepreneurship. Rabobank employs over 41,861 fulltime
employees and believes that diversity improves performance and
creativity within the bank. .
Social CapitalAs a customer-focused cooperative bank with 1.9 million
members, and 8.3 million customers, Rabobank takes its role as a
socially responsible bank seriously. We participate in many local,
sector and supply chain initiatives; we support both businesses
and private customers and we actively promote sustainability.
Rabobank allocated 48.8 million euro of our net profit to local
community initiatives on a not for-profit basis in the Netherlands.
On top of that Rabobank announced a partnership with UN
Environment (AGRI3Fund) for clients to stimulate forest
protection and sustainable agriculture. We are also a member and
co-chair of the Climate Smart Agriculture Working Group of the
WBCSD.
We engage with stakeholders who directly and indirectly affect
our organization. We are committed to a strategic, constructive
and proactive dialogue with all our stakeholders: clients,
members, employees, investors, non-government organizations,
government agencies, media, politicians, supervisory bodies,
other banks, fintechs and start-ups. These are the most influential
stakeholder groups connected with our organization. We engage
with them through member councils, client feedback platforms,
client and employee surveys, participation in sector initiatives,
and other means. Our Managing Board Members meet with
clients, employees, politicians and other stakeholders to discuss
our strategic progress, receive their feedback on our contribution
to society and debate developments in the financial sector, both
generally and in specific relation to Rabobank.
Intellectual CapitalRabobank’s intellectual capital input encompasses more than 120
years of banking knowledge and expertise in Food & Agri and
other sectors. We use our knowledge base to offer clients
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 10
innovative products and services in line with ongoing economic
changes and social trends. Rabobank offers knowledge, financial
resources and its network to customers worldwide. To provide
customers digital convenience at a consistently high service
level, we simplified the bank's systems and can now offer a high
overall system availability (99,9% average of Internet and Mobile
banking and iDEAL). We will continue to enhance our value
creation model as we execute our strategy, allowing us to remain
a meaningful cooperative and a rock-solid bank with excellent
client focus and empowered employees.
Financial CapitalRabobank offers financial resources to customers worldwide. Our
products and services include banking, lending, capital
management, leasing, insurance and real estate services.
Rabobank is a rock-solid bank underpinned by high capital levels,
sizeable liquidity buffers, sound asset quality and healthy
earnings. These are the drivers of our high credit ratings, in
conjunction with our strong franchise in the domestic market and
in the global Food & Agri sector.
Rabobank's OrganizationRabobank emerged from small agricultural cooperative banks,
first founded by Dutch farmers and horticulturists in the late
nineteenth century. They had been eager to improve the future
of agriculture and horticulture and make farmers prosperous
through a credit cooperative. From 1895 on, several banks
modeled on this 'Raiffeisen system' were set up in different parts
of the Netherlands. The organizational model centered on self
help, taking individual and mutual responsibility, and
the involvement of all stakeholders. Today, our commitment to
these principles and to making a difference in society is as strong
as ever.
Rabobank's ActivitiesOur focus is on all-finance services in the Netherlands and on
serving our Food & Agri customers internationally. Rabobank
creates value with its strategy and the products and services it
Short, Medium and Long-term Value Creation We need to satisfy customers' day-to-day banking needs and
contribute to economic activity in the short term. Our
medium-term goal is to help clients achieve their ambitions
and promote sustainable entrepreneurship, especially in the
Food & Agri sector. We also contribute to prosperity. We aim
to facilitate long-term economic growth and contribute to a
sustainable society. We are also dedicated to easing the
transition to a sustainable, circular and humane economy.
offers customers in Retail Banking, Wholesale Banking, Rural
Banking, Private Banking, Leasing and Real Estate.
Rabobank FundamentalsRabobank's mission, vision, strategy and strategic priorities, values
and behaviors, KPI's and leadership model form our integral
strategic storyline.
MissionOur mission is: 'Growing a better world together'. This is what we
stand for and what we aim to achieve through boldness,
ingenuity and decisiveness.
VisionWe are committed to making the difference as a cooperative,
customer-driven bank, in the Netherlands and in Food & Agri
around the world. We aim to be a courageous, socially
responsible bank, championing customer issues that have a major
impact on society. To achieve this, we have two strategic focus
areas: Banking for the Netherlands and Banking for Food. We want
to make a substantial contribution to well-being and prosperity
in the Netherlands and to feeding the world sustainably. The
visions outlined in Banking for the Netherlands and Banking for
Food define our focus and explain what it means to be a client
focused cooperative. Sustainability forms an integral part of both
these visions.
Banking for the NetherlandsWe feel a strong connection with our customers and members.
We prosper when our customers prosper. As a cooperative bank,
we must help meet the challenges facing the Netherlands in the
years to come.
We take a four-pronged approach in Banking for the Netherlands:
food, self-reliance, entrepreneurship and local living
environment. Our presence at the heart of local society combined
with our financial capabilities, network and knowledge, enables
us to address relevant local and regional topics. This is how we
promote sustainable well-being and prosperity in the
Netherlands of the future.
Banking for FoodFood security concerns us all. In 2050, the world population will
have increased by 2 billion people to nearly 10 billion people.
Many of them will have twice as much income to spend and we
are going to need more food. To satisfy increased food demand,
global food production will have to increase by at least 60%. At
the same time available arable land and natural resources are
already nearing, or have exceeded their limits. The Food & Agri
value chain needs to produce more with less to ensure long-term
sustainability and economic viability.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 11
We want to make a contribution to a sustainable food system and
reduce food waste by helping increase the availability of and
access to food, promoting healthy nutrition, and enhancing
stability in the food industry. Our strategy emphasizes access to
finance, networks and knowledge, as well as the importance of
connecting and uniting producers, consumers, government
bodies and the public on food issues.
Growing a better world together
Banking for the Netherlands
Excellent customer focus
Priorities
Rabobank valuesand behaviours
Mission
Meaningful cooperative Rock-solid bank Empowered employees
Banking for Food
• 100% digital convenience in everything• Top customer advice nearby• Growth with innovation
• Concrete socially responsible contribution• Involved members and communities
• Top performance• Optimal balance sheet• Exceptionally good execution
• Inspired employees• One Rabobank culture
Strategy
Vision
We are client-drivenand action-oriented
We are purposefuland courageous
We are professionaland considerate
We bring out the best in eachother and keep learning
I go the extra milefor my clients
I dare to make a differencefor the world
I am doing the right thingexceptionally well
I make you better
Self-sufficiency Local living environment Entrepreneurship FoodPositioning
Collective and cascaded KPIsBold targetsand KPIs
Growing a better you
Leadership model Employee value proposition
Personal One Rabobank
Team Community
Strategic cornerstonesWith our knowledge, networks and finance, we strive to enable
customers to make idependent decisions while remaining
flexible. Our strategy is founded on four cornerstones: Excellent
Customer Focus, Meaningful Cooperative, Rock-Solid Bank, and
Empowered Employees. These are the four cornerstones of all our
actions, priorities, key performance indicators (KPI's), values and
behaviors. Before discussing our performance on these strategic
cornerstones in the following chapters, we will first outline the
four pillars below.
Excellent Customer FocusWe aim to be a leading bank where being client-driven is deeply
embedded in the culture. Current and future client requirements
can best be satisfied through good advice, transparent products
and convenient, innovative and digital services.
Meaningful CooperativeWe translate social developments into specific contributions for
the long-term. We feel a responsibility to make a meaningful
contribution to achieving the 17 UN Sustainable Development
Goals. Cooperative banking means acting as a forward-looking
social compass that actively involves members, employees and
customers and connects them in a network with each other and
with Rabobank. We take a stance on social issues that matter to
our clients and stakeholders.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 12
Empowered EmployeesOur employees are proud and driven; they domenstrate
craftmanship, vitality and adaptability. They feel empowered to
represent Rabobank and are inspired by our mission. Top talent
wants to work, develop and stay at Rabobank. All our employees
want to grow and make each other better, for witch learning
agility is crucial.
Rock-Solid BankRabobank remains a model of stability, reliability and solidity. We
work hard to deliver our services at competitive cost levels and
we are continuing to optimize our balance sheet. We are doing
the right things well, or even exceptionally well, with everyone
taking ownership, remaining conscious of risks and operating as
professionals.
Contributing to Sustainable Development GoalsRabobank feels it is our responsibility to make a meaningful
contribution to achieving the 17 UN Sustainable Development
Goals (SDG's). We do so trough our ‘Banking for Food’ and
‘Banking for the Netherlands’ visions and our 'Sustainably
Successful Together’ program help us achieve our contribution
to the SDGs. While all the SDGs are important, our capacity to
support their individual achievement varies. We focus most on
the eight SDGs that our organization can influence: SDGs 2, 7, 8,
11, 12,13, 15 and 17. These SDGs represented in the value creation
model and also shown in the figure below. Our primary
contribution, both domestically and globally, is to the goals that
appear enlarged in the infographic (and in the value creation
model). The SDGs most relevant to Rabobank are shown in color,
while those on which the bank's impact is limited are shown in
grey.
Banking for the Netherlands
Banking for Food
Rabobank’s contribution to the UN Sustainable Development Goals
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 13
3.1 Basis of consolidation
The IFRS consolidation scope of Rabobank is determined in
accordance with IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, IAS
28 ‘Investments in Associates’ and IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.
Rabobank controls an entity if Rabobank has power over the
investee, exposure or rights to variable returns from its
involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power
to affect the amount of the investor’s returns. Subsidiaries are
consolidated from the date on which effective control is
transferred to Rabobank and are no longer consolidated from the
date that control ceases. In 2018, none of the subsidiaries
experienced any significant restrictions in the payment of
dividends and own funds or the repayment of loans. The option
of subsidiaries to pay dividend to Rabobank depends on various
factors, including local regulatory requirements, statutory
reserves and financial performance.
Investments in associates (investments in which Rabobank has a
significant influence, but which it does not control, generally
holding between 20% and 50% of the voting rights) and joint
ventures are accounted for using the equity method under IFRS.
Regulatory reporting scopeThe consolidation scope for the purpose of calculating Regulatory
Capital is kept equal to the consolidation scope under IFRS due
to immaterial differences. The aggregate amount by which the
actual own funds are less than the required minimum in
subsidiaries not included in the consolidation scope is nil.
Template 1: EU LI1 – Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of financial statementcategories with regulatory risk categories
Amounts in millions of euros Carrying values asreported in
published financialstatements
Subject to the creditrisk framework
Subject to the CCRframework
Subject to thesecuritisation
framework
Subject to themarket riskframework
Not subject tocapital
requirements orsubject to deduction
from capital
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 73,335 73,335 - - - -
Loans and advances to credit institutions 17,859 9,116 8,743 - - -
Financial assets held for trading 2,876 - - - 2,876 -
Financial assets designated at fair value 157 157 - - - -
Financial assets mandatorily at fair value 2,134 2,134 - - - -
Derivatives 22,660 - 22,660 - 22,660 -
Loans and advances to customers 436,591 423,663 12,928 7,451 - -
Financial assets at fair value through othercomprehensive income 18,730 18,730 - - - -
Investments in associates and joint ventures 2,374 2,374 - - - -
Goodwill and other intangible assets 966 - - - - 966
Property and equipments 4,455 4,455 - - - -
Investment properties 193 193 - - - -
Current tax assets 243 243 - - - -
Deferred tax assets 1,165 1,165 - - - -
Other assets 6,431 6,431 - - 497 -
Non-current assets held for sale 268 268 - - - -
Total Assets 590,437 542,264 44,331 7,451 26,034 966
Liabilities
Deposits from banks 19,397 - 91 - - 19,306
Deposits from customers 342,410 - 13 - - 342,397
Debt securities in issue 130,806 - - - - 130,806
Financial liabilities held for trading 400 - - - 400 -
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 6,614 - - - - 6,614
Derivatives 23,927 - 23,927 - 23,927 -
Other liabilities 6,342 - - - - 6,342
Provisions 1,126 - - - - 1,126
Current tax liabilities 229 - - - - 229
Deferred tax liabilities 452 - - - - 452
Subordinated liabilities 16,498 - - - - 16,498
Total Liabilities 548,201 - 24,032 - 24,327 523,769
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 14
Template 2: EU LI2 - Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements
Amounts in millions of euros Total Credit risk framework CCR framework Securitisationframework
Market riskframework
Assets carrying value amount under the scope ofregulatory consolidation (as per template EU LI1) 589,471 542,264 44,331 7,451 26,034
Liabilities carrying value amount under the scope ofregulatory consolidation (as per template EU LI1) 24,432 - 24,032 - 24,327
Total net amount under the regulatory scope ofconsolidation 565,039 542,264 20,299 7,451 1,706
Off-balance sheet amounts 91,379 84,178 - 7,201 -
Other assets - - - - -
Difference due to prudential filters - - - - -
Differences between Financial statement and exposurevalues due to valuation and netting -23,974 -20,246 -12,270 - 1,861
Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes 632,444 606,195 8,030 14,652 3,567
The main differences between the carrying value of assets under
the scope of regulatory consolidation and the exposure amounts
considered for regulatory purposes can be explained by the
inclusion of off-balance sheet liabilities in the exposure amounts
for regulatory purposes, valuation differences on loan loss
allowances, the exclusion of items that are capital deducted and
the different valuation of derivatives due to netting rules and
collateral.
Disclosure of Article 7 waivered subsidiariesFor Rabobank’s subsidiaries De Lage Landen International B.V. and
Rabo Groenbank B.V., each included in the supervision on a
consolidated basis of Rabobank, the exemptions pursuant to
Article 7 CRR are applicable, pursuant to which these subsidiaries
are exempted from the application of certain regulatory
requirements under the CRR on an individual basis. To be eligible
for exemption, these subsidiaries meet the relevant criteria
regarding the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of
liabilities between Rabobank and these subsidiaries, the
guarantee of commitments entered into by these subsidiaries by
Rabobank and the prudent management, risk evaluation,
measurement and control procedures as covered by Rabobank.
Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector
entities that are deducted or risk-weighted
Rabobank risk weights the following entities for a total amount
of 2,163 (2017: 2,167). As per 31 December 2018, no financial
sector entities have been deducted from capital.
• Achmea B.V.
• Arise B.V.
• Banco Cooperativo Sicredi
• Banco Finterra
• Banco Regional S.A.E.C.A.
• Currence Holding BV
• Komatsu Financial France S.A.S.
• Komatsu Financial Germany GmbH
• Komatsu Financial Italy S.p.A.
• LSVP VI Cayman Trust
• National Microfinance Bank Tanzania
• Peaks B.V.
• SBC Fintech NYC
3.2 Accounting and risk principles
The accounting principles are in accordance with IFRS as adopted
by the EU and are described in the Consolidated Financial
Statements 2018 of Rabobank Group. The risk principles are set
out in the relevant risk chapters. Unless otherwise stated, all
amounts are in millions of euros.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 15
In line with the Rabobank strategy, we have a specific risk strategy to support our strategic goals.Banking for Food and Banking for the Netherlands implies specific risks and exposes the bank bothin the domestic and international markets to macro-economic, political, regulatory and socialdevelopments. Sound risk management enables us to serve our customers and deliver to ourstakeholders.
Without taking risks, profitable banking activities are impossible,
and therefore it is also necessary to accept a certain degree of
risk. Every day Rabobank takes informed risk decisions on
engaging with (new) customers, granting credit, entering into
interest rate contracts and providing other services to customers.
In the customers’ interest, risk and control processes are designed
to manage the material risks. We have a comprehensive approach
to risk management to mitigate the risks we face with a solid risk
management framework and a risk appetite aligned with our
Strategic Plan, which is evaluated annually and approved by the
Managing Board. Our risk management activities are designed to
contribute to realizing our own ambitions and those of our
customers and stakeholders.
4.1 Risk Approach
Risk StrategyRabobank’s mission ‘Growing a better world together’ underlines
our cooperative roots and dedication to enable our customers in
achieving their ambitions. In its strategy Rabobank defines
priorities, objectives and targets including a capital strategy.
Rabobank’s risk strategy supports management in the realization
of the strategic priorities by defining boundaries within which the
business must operate. An important starting point for the risk
strategy is that banking is about taking risks. Each time business
opportunities are discussed and decisions are taken, risks are
assessed against expected return.
The risk strategy is established at group level, is aligned with the
corporate strategy and describes the risk priorities that Rabobank
needs to manage to achieve its strategic plan. The risk strategy is
further detailed in a number of strategic risk statements:
• Protect profit and profit growth: Rabobank’s business
strategy strongly relates to its cooperative nature, achieving a
healthy profit generation and at the same time realising a high
standard in serving the members, clients and society.
Rabobank makes transparent choices related to where capital
and resources can be used most efficiently or appropriately
with respect to sectors or concentrations.
• Maintain a solid balance sheet: sound balance sheet ratios are
essential to ensure continuity in servicing our customers at
sustainable and favourable conditions. This implies a stable
funding capability, strong liquidity buffers and ample
solvency.
• Protect identity and reputation: Rabobank protects the
fundamental trust that its stakeholders have in the bank.
These statements provide a high-level appetite towards risks with
material impact to this strategy and serve as starting point for the
more specific risk appetite per risk type.
Risk AssessmentTo manage the material risks, risk and control processes are
designed to ensure that the risks incurred remain within the
bank’s risk appetite and that risk and return are appropriately
matched. These processes cover the regular banking risk types:
credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, operational
risks, including compliance risk and business risk.
Rabobank keeps track of external developments and closely
monitors the risks that might affect the achievement of
organisational objectives. Regular and structural top-down and
bottom-up risk assessments are performed to identify various
types of risks, and specific stress tests are conducted to calculate
the impact of adverse scenarios. An integrated overview of the
main risks, the changes to them and the measures taken to
address them are regularly discussed in the Managing Board and
Supervisory Board.
4. Risk Management
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 16
Risk AppetiteRabobank’s risk strategy is embedded in a number of strategic risk
statements directly linked to the Strategic Framework 2016-2020.
These statements define the boundaries of the risk appetite
within which we must operate. The Risk Appetite Statement (RAS)
further specifies the Strategic Risk Statements and defines the
levels and types of risk Rabobank is willing to accept in order to
achieve its business objectives. It articulates Rabobank’s desired
level of overall risk exposure both quantitatively and qualitatively
and is used in all business activities to assess the desired risk
profile against the risk-reward profile of a given activity. Risk
appetite is, among other things, defined in terms of:
• Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Return On Invested Capital
• Credit risk
• Single obligor and concentration limits for asset classes and
sectors
• Market risk
• Interest rate risk in the banking book
• Ooperational risk
• Liquidity risk
The risk appetite at Rabobank Group level is an integral part of the
bank’s strategy. Entity-specific risk appetite statements further
specify the Group risk appetite at entity level. The risk appetite is
embedded across Rabobank Group within principles, policies,
indicators, limits and controls. The RAS is reviewed and updated
annually or more frequently following internal or external events
with material impact. The RAS is monitored by benchmarking the
actual risk profile against the risk appetite and discussed on a
quarterly basis in the Managing Board and Supervisory Board Risk
Committee. This ensures that day-to-day operations are executed
within the boundaries set by the business and risk strategy.
Breaches of the risk appetite will result in immediate action at the
appropriate management level.
Risk ReportingEntity management teams and the Managing Board are enabled
to monitor and continuously manage their risks based on risk
reports. Risk reports primarily consist of key risk indicators as
described in the RAS. For every risk type, indicators and thresholds
are defined to effectively manage the risk profile within the risk
appetite. Risk measurement per risk type will be discussed in the
specific risk chapters.
4.2 Risk Management Organisation
The main role of the Risk Management function is to support the
organisation in the realisation of its business objectives by
defining boundaries for taking risks within which the business
lines operate and by delivering a risk management framework to
identify, assess and manage the risks the business lines incur in
their activities. In carrying out its duties, the Risk Management
function maintains a balance between independence from the
business lines whilst closely cooperating with them. Every
Rabobank employee is involved in addressing and managing risks
on a daily basis. Rabobank has adopted the ‘three lines of
defence’ concept to provide clarity on the responsibilities for risk
and control activities. This clarity of responsibilities results in
coordinated, efficient and effective risk and control activities
throughout the bank.
The Risk Management function at group level is organised inunits which can be divided in the following groups:
1. Business domains: implementation and enforcement of the risk
framework, provide boundaries, challenge and oversight within
entities/subsidiaries and CRO role for all risk types:• Risk Domestic Retail Banking;
• Risk Wholesale Rural & Retail (WRR) includes market risk policies
and methodologies and second line monitoring of WRR,
Treasury (only partly) and Portfolio Management;
• Risk IT & Operations (CIOO) includes Digital Transformation
Office, staff and support functions, model risk oversight and
model validation;
• Treasury.
2. Functional expertise: risk management framework, policies, delivery
of support to the business lines, monitoring of group risk exposures,
models and data:• Risk Analytics: CRO treasury role, interest rate risk, funding &
liquidity risk, maintenance and development of models for
credit, provisioning and ALM, project management and risk
management systems;
• Risk Strategy & Support: capital risk management and stress
testing, risk framework and governance including group risk
appetite and risk committees, strategic risks, group integrated
risk reporting, regulatory oversight, supervisory relations,
recovery & resolution planning and group insurances;
• Credit: development and implementation of credit and
provisioning policies, credit approval and credit risk
monitoring and reporting (e.g. portfolio, concentrations,
country limits), transactional risk committees, monitoring of
credit risk capital calculation;
• Financial Restructuring & Recovery (FR&R): recovery and
restructuring of credit for clients at risk of financial distress,
accountability for provisioning and sign-off on related policies;
• Operational Risk: group expertise centre on operational risk, risk
control framework (RCF), policies and procedures
management (PPM) including Policy House Portal, IT risk,
business continuity management (BCM), crisis management
and outsourcing including cloud solutions.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 17
3. Collaboration Risk Management function and other departments .In carrying out its duties, the Risk Management function works in
close cooperation with business management. Specific
interaction, alignment and shared responsibilities exist with:
• Compliance (part of the Compliance, Legal and Risk (CLR)
domain) has responsibilities with regard to compliance risk in
relation to the compliance themes as defined in the Rabobank
Compliance Charter.
• Legal (part of CLR domain) has the primary responsibility for
advising on legal matters and legal risk management,
including litigation management. The Risk Management and
Legal departments have a joint responsibility of monitoring
potential and materialised legal risks and assessing
applications of new regulatory regimes via the Regulatory
Oversight team and in the case of resolution planning.
The Managing Board is responsible for overseeing the
development and implementation of the bank’s Risk
Management function. This includes the ongoing strengthening
of staff skills and enhancements to risk management systems,
policies, processes, quantitative models and reports as necessary
to ensure the bank’s risk management capabilities are sufficiently
robust and effective to fully support its strategic objectives and
all of its risk-taking activities.
The Supervisory Board is responsible for the supervision of the
Managing Board with regard to their execution of risk profile, risk
policies and risk management activities. The Supervisory Board
Risk Committee consists of members of the Supervisory Board and
supports the Supervisory Board in preparing its decision making
in relation to its supervision.
Rabobank has established different risk committees to monitor
and enforce Rabobank’s risk management framework and risk
appetite. These risk committees are chaired by Chief Risk Officers
or other representatives of the Risk Management function. The
responsibilities of the risk committees are defined in their
respective Terms of Reference (ToR) which include members and
modalities such as frequency, quorum and decision making
process.
The Risk Management function is (voting) member in a number
of other committees such as the Asset & Liability Committee
(ALCO).
Risk Management Committee (RMC) GroupThe RMC Group is mandated by the Managing Board to oversee
the implementation of the risk management framework for
Rabobank Group, to be the ultimate arbiter on the assessment
of risks and to act as the guardian of the risks taken by the bank.
RMC Group is amongst others responsible for advising the
Managing Board on the RAS of Rabobank Group, enforcing
Rabobank’s risk appetite framework and monitoring risk
exposures against risk limits, and monitoring the aggregated risk
profile of Rabobank Group. The RMC Group ensures the global risk
framework is up to date, as required by law and external
regulations and internal regulations of Rabobank. The RMC Group
consists of members from the Managing Board, including the
CRO, and representatives of the Risk Management function,
Finance & Control and Compliance (Chief Compliance Officer).
The RMC Group reports to Rabobank’s Managing Board.
The RMC Group has delegated specific risk management tasks to
a number of sub-committees: risk position and content
committees. In addition committees can be installed on a
temporary basis, for example the Brexit Group Oversight
Committee (BGOC) and the Brexit Impact Committee (BIC).
Risk Domain Committees :• RMC Wholesale Rural & Retail (RMC WRR) - for risks taken by
WRR.
• RMC Domestic Retail Banking - for risks taken by Domestic
Retail Banking.
• RMC CIOO - for risks taken in the Chief Information Operations
Officer’s domain.
• RMC Treasury - for risks taken in financial markets and treasury
activities.
Risk Content Committees:• Regulatory Oversight Committee (ROC) – for regulatory
monitoring.
• Model Governance Committee (MGC) - for material model
risks, including capital models.
• Scenario and Stress Testing Committee (STCC) - for capital
stress testing.
• Country & Financial Institutions Committee (CFIC) - for ratings,
country limits and credit limits for financial institutions and
souvereigns.
• Complex Transactions Committee (CTC) - transactions or
products which may present a reputation risk because of its
complex nature.
• Brexit Group Oversight Committee (BGOC) – impact of Brexit
on Rabobank.
• Privacy Committee (this committee is currently set up).
Within Rabobank the ‘highest’ transactional committees are:• Central Credit Committee Rabobank Group (CCCRG) – The
CCCRG takes credit decisions on credit applications subject to
the ‘corporate credit approval route’ exceeding the authority
of local/regional credit committees.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 18
• Credit Approvals Local Banks (CA LB) – This department is
responsible for decisions on requests for non-classified (i.e.
with a loan quality classification of Good or OLEM) obligors
exceeding the authority of a local Rabobank.
• Credit Approvals Wholesale Rural & Retail (CA WRR) – This
department is responsible for decisions on requests for non-
classified (i.e. with a loan quality classification of Good or
OLEM) obligors exceeding the authority of DLL or a Wholesale
Rural & Retail (WRR) office/region.
• Credit Committee Financial Restructuring & Recovery (CC-
FR&R) – This credit committee takes credit decisions on
proposals for classified (i.e. with a loan quality classification of
Substandard, Doubtful or Loss) obligors exceeding the
authority of local credit committees and the FR&R department.
• Loan Loss Provision Committee (LLPC) – The LLPC monitors
the development of qualified credit and asset portfolios and
recommends on provisions for obligors exceeding the
authority of local credit committees, to the Managing Board.
4.3 Risk Management Framework
Rabobank Group maintains a risk management framework to
identify, assess, manage, monitor and report risks. Risk policies are
assessed annually to determine if risk mitigation and the
management of risks is sufficient. The risk management
framework supports decisions based on a conscious and careful
risk-return trade-off in line with the defined strategy and within
our risk appetite.
The mission of the Risk Management function is to enable the
bank to achieve its strategic goals within its risk appetite and to
make sure risk is everybody’s business. The Risk Management
function ensures the financial stability and continuity of
Rabobank by monitoring its risk profile and ensuring that risk
management activities are executed effectively and efficiently in
line with legislation, regulations and best practices in the market.
The vision of the Risk Management function is to advise the
business lines and support them in managing risk, act as the
guardian of the risk profile of Rabobank by identifying risks and
initiating mitigating actions with empowered employees,
satisfied clients and in partnership with internal and external
stakeholders.
4.4 Risk Measurement
4.4.1. Risk Models and Model ValidationRabobank develops and uses risk models for most risk types. The
models for credit, market and operational risk are the most widely
used. Models are developed by the modelling departments in
close cooperation with the relevant business lines and risk
experts. In principle, models are reviewed annually. The models
are the basis for internal measures of risk (Pillar 2 framework) and
are at the same time key inputs for calculation of the minimum
regulatory capital requirements according to the Basel III
framework. All internal models are validated by the independent
Model Validation department. Validation guidelines are specified
to ensure objectivity, consistency, transparency and continuity.
Models are validated according to these principles and reviewed
against internal requirements and regulatory requirements.
Model results are back-tested against historical loss data. Where
relevant, external benchmark studies are used to support the
calibration of parameters. Models require formal internal approval
before implementation and use is allowed. Final internal approval
for the (continued) use of a model is obtained from the Model
Governance Committee (MGC), a subcommittee of the Risk
Management Committee (RMC) Group. External approval, when
required, is obtained from the regulator.
Credit Risk ModelsThe bank uses internal models to estimate Probability of Default
(PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD)
parameters. These models are embedded in the credit approval
and internal reporting processes and are used to measure the
credit risk in exposures to individual clients and portfolios. The
same parameters are also used to calculate risk-adjusted return
on capital, Pillar 2 framework capital and the minimum regulatory
capital requirements under the Basel Advanced Internal Ratings
Based (AIRB) approach.
Operational Risk ModelsOperational risk loss events are systematically collected and
analysed on a bank-wide basis. Operational risk assessments are
key in systematically assessing operational risks in day-to-day
business and in proposed changes. Progress on outstanding
operational risk issues is monitored through issue management
and action tracking. Operational risk exposures are analysed and
reported to senior management to support decision-making.
Market Risk ModelsValue-at-Risk (VaR) models are used to measure market risk of
exposures in both the banking and the trading book. VAR is used
for the internal monitoring and reporting of positions relative to
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 19
the limits determined in the risk appetite. In addition to VaR, other
instruments to measure market risk are used as well.
Interest Rate Risk ModelsThe bank uses interest rate risk models to represent behaviour in
the measurement of interest rate risk in the banking
environment. Behaviour is a key element in the measurement of
interest rate risk as this influences the (contractual) cash flows,
determining the sensitivity of earnings and economic value to
interest rate movements. Next to behavioural models, the bank
uses a model to calculate the adequate amount of capital for
interest rate risk in the banking environment in relation to
changes in economic value.
4.4.2. Capital Stress TestingCapital stress testing is an important risk management tool that
provides a forward looking assessment of risk and assists in the
optimization of risk capital. It enables the exploration of
vulnerabilities in business models whilst overcoming the
limitations of risk models and historical data. At Rabobank, stress
testing forms an essential part of the risk management
framework. Stress tests are used to measure the impact of
extreme, but plausible events. Where necessary, measures in line
with Rabobank’s risk appetite are taken on the basis of stress tests
results.
Stress Test GovernanceGiven the importance of stress testing in terms of sound risk
management and regulatory compliance, the stress testing
process and governance warrants the involvement of senior
management up to the Managing Board of Rabobank. The
Managing Board of Rabobank is ultimately responsible for the
Rabobank Stress Testing Framework and its execution, while the
Risk Management Committee Group (RMC) acts as the delegated
principal. Specific tasks of the RMC Group regarding capital stress
testing are delegated to the Stress Test Committee (STC). In
addition to that the Scenario & Stress Test Committee (SSTC),
which has the mandate to overlook all the group-wide scenario
related activities including IFRS 9, capital planning and stress
testing.
Stress Test ActivitiesStress tests occur in many forms and levels with different scopes.
The current types of stress tests that are executed within
Rabobank can be categorised by a variety of determinants:
• By scope (firm-wide, thematic/BU transcending, business unit,
local capital stress test, regulation);
• By initiator (external versus internal);
• By type (bottom-up, top-down, reverse stress test).
Within capital stress testing, the impact of severe but plausible
scenarios on the financial position of Rabobank is evaluated.
Stress Test ProcessThe scenarios used in stress-testing consist of, amongst others, a
set of regular macroeconomic scenarios, thematic, regulator-
provided scenarios, scenarios generated as a result of risk
identification, reverse scenarios, and ad hoc scenarios. Scenarios
are chosen by the SSTC based on the relevance and plausibility,
top risks are used as an input in these sessions. In the various
internal and external scenarios both macro economic and non-
macroeconomic factors are taken into account. The macro-
economic factors include economic growth, unemployment,
inflation, interest rates, share prices and real estate prices to
mention a few. The outlook of the macro economic variables over
the stress periods are provided by RaboResearch.
Once a scenario is generated, quantitative stress test models are
used to determine the impact of the scenario on the financials
of Rabobank. The balance sheet, risk exposure amounts and
profit & loss statement and their components are stressed in
order to assess the resilience to withstand the impact of a
scenario. In order to stress these different components, stress
testing focuses on different types of risk, each with their own
stress test model. The main stress test models focus on credit risk,
market risk, net interest income, operational risk and non-interest
income. The stress test models are subject to review by our
Model Validation department. The scenario variables and
methodology are applied to the portfolio based on the models.
The results are being reviewed and challenged by experts and
business lines. As part of the stress test process, various potential
management actions are identified, that could be taken to
mitigate the impact of stress. There is a robust governance
process in place via the STC and RMC Group with regards to the
review of our stress testing methodology, results and the
proposed actions.
Once the results are approved there is an evaluation of the
process of the stress test and learning points from the stress test
are shared within the organization. There is constant monitoring
of issues to improve the process. 2018 can be characterized by the
(almost) parallel execution of the ICAAP Stress test, the EBA Stress
Test and a mid-year stress test. Due to the extended timelines of
the EBA Stress Test focus was more focus on the sound execution
of the process.
Results are used for sound risk management within Rabobank,
this includes it links to the: budget, capital plan, RAS, integrated
risk report, as well as recovery and resolution plans. Clear
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 20
governance, data and supporting infrastructure are essential in
the stress test process.
In 2018 Rabobank participated in the EU wide EBA/ECB stress test
in which IFRS 9 was introduced. Rabobank’s performance was
slightly above average both in terms of the CET1 Ratio at the end
of the adverse scenario period (Rabobank ranks in 20th place), and
in terms of the depletion (3.9%-points vs 4.2%-points).
In 2018 also an internal firm-wide stress test was performed as
part of the SREP process. In addition, an internal firm-wide stress
test with the re-use of the scenario of the ICAAP Stress Test was
performed on the interim figures, including a specific adverse
interest rate scenario with the use of further developed models
and a reverse stress test. Finally, several business unit and local
stress tests including regulatory stress tests were also performed.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 21
This chapter describes the capital management, the regulatory requirements of Rabobank, the Pillar2 capital framework and the development of the capital ratios. The Capital RequirementsRegulation (CRR) and the Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) defines capital requirements forbanks as the absolute minimum amount of capital required to cover the financial risks that a bankfaces. For Pillar 1 this is expressed in three major risk types: credit, operational and market risk.
5.1 Capital Management
The capital management framework supports the overall strategy
of Rabobank to maximise long-term risk-adjusted returns on
invested capital, guided by the following objectives:
1. A viable capital strategy in line with the overall business
strategy, risk strategy, and supply side constraints
2. A feasible mid-term capital plan including an optimal capital
allocation in line with risk appetite
3. Compliance with regulatory capital requirements and
alignment of capital projections with regulatory guidance and
expectation
4. Enabling risk-adjusted capital-based performance
management to support the achievement of capital ratio
targets
5. Enabling achievement of capital target ratios (a minimum CET
ratio of 14%, and MREL requirements) in line with the capital
strategy plan
6. Accurate measurement and reporting of capital usage
according to regulatory requirements and internal standards
7. Ongoing monitoring of capital limits and enforcement of
compliance if breaches occur
8. Ensuring optimal mix of available capital across the group in
light of regulatory requirements, capital market expectations
and capital costs
Capital risk appetite is set by the Managing Board, reflecting the
group’s strategic plan, regulatory capital constraints and market
expectations. It is defined by a number of minimum capital ratios
in normal and stressed conditions. Capital is actively managed
and regulatory ratios are a key factor in Rabobank’s planning
process and stress analyses. The capital plan is tested for capital
adequacy using sensitivity analysis and a range of stress scenarios
covering adverse economic conditions as well as other adverse
factors that could impact Rabobank. Rabobank maintains a
Recovery Plan which sets out a range of potential mitigating
actions that could be taken in response to a stress event.
The Managing Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that
Rabobank maintains the targeted minimum capital levels above
the minimum prudential capital levels as set by the European
Central Bank (ECB).
In the yearly Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
(ICAAP), Rabobank assesses the capital adequacy in the context
of the current and foreseeable business and environment where
it operates in and the associated risk exposures as part of the
Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP).
5. Capital Management
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 22
Table 5.1.1 contains an overview of the qualifying capital and IFRS
capital as per 31 December 2018.
Table 5.1.1: Qualifiying capital at December 31, 2018 CRD IV
Amounts in million of euros Qualifyingcapital
IFRS capital
Retained earnings 28,062 28,062
Expected dividends -46
Rabobank Certificates 7,445 7,445
Non-controlling interests 481
Reserves -798 -798
Regulatory adjustments -2,553
Transitional adjustments 12
Common Equity Tier 1 capital 32,122
Trust Preferred Securities III-IV 389
Capital Securities 6,657
CRDIV compliant Capital Securities 3,721
Grandfathered instruments 3,325
Non-controlling interests
Regulatory adjustments -100
Transitional adjustments
Tier 1-capital 39,068
Subordinated debt 14,274
Non-controlling interests
Regulatory adjustments -83
Transitional adjustments
Tier 2-capital 14,191
Total Qualifying capital/IFRS capital 53,259 42,236
A detailed breakdown of CET1, AT1 and T2, and additional
information about the CET1, AT1 and T2 capital instruments can
be found in appendix 14.1. The main differences are the
regulatory and transitional adjustments in qualifying capital
following CRR, such as intangibles, deferred tax assets, the
Internal Ratings Based (IRB) shortfall and the phasing out of non-
eligible additional Tier 1 capital instruments. The Tier 2
subordinated debt is accounted for as a liability under IFRS.
In order to reduce the potential impact of IFRS 9 expected credit
losses on capital and leverage ratios during the transition period
(i.e. 1 January 2018 until 31 December 2022), the EU adopted on
12 December 2017, Article 473a CRR. Rabobank assessed the
advantage to apply this transition arrangement and concluded
that it has no significant benefits and that market participants
will look through these transition measures. Therefore Rabobank
has chosen not to apply for the transitional arrangement.
Table 5.1.2 provides an overview of the changes in the different
qualifying capital components.
Table 5.1.2: Overview of changes in qualifying capital
Amounts in million of euros
Qualifying capital at December 31, 2017 CRD IV 51,923
Closing CET1 capital at December 31, 2017 31,263
Retained earnings 1,285
Expected dividend 8
Rabobank Certificates 5
Non-controlling interests -26
Reserves 603
Regulatory adjustments -503
Transitional adjustments -513
Closing CET1 capital at December 31, 2018 32,122
Closing additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2017 5,941
Capital Securities and grandfathered instruments 728
Regulatory & transitional adjustments 277
Closing additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2018 6,946
Closing Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2018 39,068
Closing Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2017 14,719
Subordinated debt -622
Regulatory & transitional adjustments 94
Closing Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2018 14,191
Qualifying capital at December 31, 2018 53,259
A general overview of the main features of the CET1, AT1
instruments and T2 instruments is available in appendix 14.2.
5.2 Regulatory Capital
Rabobank is using the most advanced calculation methods for
calculating the Regulatory Capital (RC) requirements under Basel
III and CRR (CRD IV) for credit, market and operational risks. The
policy of Rabobank is aimed at applying the IRB approach for its
credit portfolio as much as possible.
Template 4 presents an overview of the Regulatory Capital
requirements and the Risk Weighted Exposure Amounts (RWEA)
as per 31 December 2018 for the different risk types. The largest
part of the capital requirement relates to credit risk incuding CCR,
Securitisations and amounts below the thresholds for deduction
(84%). Market risk accounts for 2% and operational risk comprises
14% of the Regulatory Capital requirements.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 23
Template 4: EU OV1 - Overview of RWAs
RWA's Minimum capitalrequirement
Amounts in millions of euros 31-12-2018 31-12-2017 31-12-2018
Credit risk (excluding CCR) 158,462 157,730 12,677
Of which the standardised approach 16,892 18,748 1,351
Of which the foundation IRB (FIRB) approach 6,243 4,554 499
Of which the advanced IRB (AIRB) approach 131,756 130,095 10,540
Of which equity IRB under the simple risk-weighted approach or the IMA 3,571 4,334 286
CCR 3,539 3,618 283
Of which mark to market 500 659 40
Of which original exposure - - -
Of which the standardised approach - - -
Of which internal model method (IMM) 2,083 2,001 167
Of which risk exposure amount for contributions to the default fund of a CCP 69 63 6
Of which CVA 887 896 71
Settlement risk - - -
Securitisation exposures in the banking book (after the cap) 2,005 1,862 160
Of which IRB approach 42 49 3
Of which IRB supervisory formula approach (SFA) 1,138 992 91
Of which internal assessment approach (IAA) 825 822 66
Of which standardised approach - - -
Market risk 3,877 3,750 310
Of which the standardised approach 310 433 25
Of which IMA 3,567 3,318 285
Large exposures - - -
Operational risk 27,242 25,890 2,179
Of which basic indicator approach - - -
Of which standardised approach - - -
Of which advanced measurement approach 27,242 25,890 2,179
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) 5,406 5,418 433
Floor adjustment - - -
Total 200,531 198,269 16,043
At year-end 2018, the Regulatory Capital requirement of
Rabobank Group was 16.0 (2017: 15.9) billion. The Regulatory
Capital requirement for credit risk, market risk and operational risk
is in line with the Regulatory Capital Requirement as per year-end
2017. A more granular overview of the capital requirements can
be found in appendix 14.2 (CRR 438c,d).
5.3 Renewed Pillar 2 CapitalFramework
The relevant rules and regulations related to the capital adequacy
process of EU banks are addressed in the CRR/CRD IV
comprehensive frameworks. These frameworks are the EU legal
translation of the banking guidelines suggested by the Basel
Committee - the so-called Basel III standards from December
2010. CRR/CRD IV lays out a three-pillar approach to risk and
capital management: the Pillar I on minimum capital
requirements of credit, market and operational risk; Pillar 2 about
supervisory review process (SREP); and Pillar 3 on market
discipline, where banks disclose to the public their overall risk
profiles.
Pillar 2, the focus of this section, describes the mandatory
processes for both banks and regulators to fulfill the capital
adequacy requirements. The main areas that fall under this Pillar
are: risks considered under Pillar I that are not fully or adequately
captured by the prescribed methodologies; risks that are not
considered in the Pillar I capital requirements (e.g. interest rate
risk); and external factors to the bank (e.g. market conditions).
In order to adequately assess the capital resources needed to
cover the risks inherent in its current activities, Rabobank renewed
its Pillar 2 modelling landscape. The renewed Pillar 2 capital
framework entered into effect as of 1 January 2017 and covers all
those areas where Rabobank is of the opinion that the regulatory
framework does not address the risk, or does not adequately
address the risk. Rabobank developed mostly statistical
approaches and methodologies that: (1) challenge regulatory
capital requirements; (2) cover risks not addressed in CRR/CRD IV;
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 24
and (3) identify possible future events or changes in the market
conditions that could impact Rabobank’s strategic planning. The
renewed Pillar 2 modelling landscape was fully coordinated with
Rabobank’s supervisors and reflects the changing regulatory
environment and similar developments in the industry.
The outputs of the renewed Pillar 2 models are used for various
purposes within the bank, such as deal acceptance and pricing,
strategy and planning of the firm’s operations, and performance
evaluation. Moreover, the regulators and supervisors view the
level of capitalization as one of their key instruments to supervise
Rabobank. Therefore, the renewed Pillar 2 capital framework
promotes a sound and effective risk management culture within
Rabobank, ensuring adequate capital levels to support business
growth, maintain depositor and creditor confidence and comply
with regulatory requirements.
0 40 6020 80 100
Credit risk and transfer risk
Operational risk
Other risks
Interest rate and market risk
63%
10%
8%
18%
Figure 1: Pillar I + Pillar II capital by risk typeend-2018
At year-end 2018, the total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 capital requirement
of Rabobank Group amounted to 21.3 (2017: 20.8) billion. The
available qualifying capital of 53.3 (2017: 51.9) billion, the bank
retains to compensate for potential losses, was above the level
of the total external and internal capital requirements. This buffer
underlines the financial solidity of Rabobank Group.
5.4 Capital Ratios
The CRR and CRD IV jointly constitute the European
implementation of the Basel capital and liquidity agreement of
2010. CRR provides CET1 deductible items such as intangible non-
current assets, deferred tax assets and the Internal Ratings Based
(IRB) shortfall. These adjustments have been phased in gradually
during the period 2014-2018, as reflected in the calculations on
a transitional basis.
The fully loaded CET1-ratio was 16.0% as per 31 December 2018.
The fully loaded figure reflects the end state figure, assuming that
the CRR/CRD IV regulations have been fully phased in. In line with
the regulatory requirements various adjustments in capital have
been phased in during the period 2014-2018 in the CET1 capital.
The current CET1-ratio now equals the fully loaded CET1-ratio.
The Tier 1 instruments that were issued by Rabobank before 2014
do not meet the new requirements of the CRR. For these
instruments, grandfathering is applicable. This means that these
instruments will, in line with the regulatory requirements,
gradually be phased out of equity. In 2018, the Tier 1 ratio
increased by 0.7 percentage points to 19.5% (18.8%), mainly due
to the higher CET1 capital and the issuance of a 1 billion Tier 1
instrument. The capital ratio rose by 0.4 percentage points to
26.6% (26.2%), mainly due to the higher Tier 1 capital.
Table 5.4.1: Capital ratios
Amounts in million of euros At December 31,2018
At December 31,2017
Risk Weighted Exposure Amount 200,531 198,269
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital 32,122 31,263
Total Tier 1 capital 39,068 37,204
Total qualifying capital 53,259 51,923
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio 16.0% 15.8%
Tier 1 ratio 19.5% 18.8%
Total Capital ratio 26.6% 26.2%
Rabobank must comply with the minimum capital ratios as
stipulated under law. Effective 1 January 2014, the minimum
required percentages are determined on the basis of CRD IV/CRR.
The legal buffers as shown in table 5.4.2 are applicable as from
2016. These buffers will gradually increase until the year 2019.
Rabobank is already allowing for these changes in its capital
planning. The table below shows the minimum legal buffers
under CRD IV/CRR.
Table 5.4.2: Minimum CET1 buffer
2018 2019 2020
Pillar 1 requirement 4.5% 4.5% 4.5%
Pillar 2 requirement 1.75% 1.75% 1.75%
Capital conservation buffer 1.88% 2.5% 2.5%
Systemic risk buffer 2.25% 3.0% 3.0%
Total required CET1 ratio 10.38% 11.75% 11.75%
Actual 16.0%
The total required (end state) CET1-ratio therefore amounts to
11.75%, excluding the Pillar 2 guidance. The required (end state)
total capital ratio amounts to 15.25%. This is the required (end
state) CET1-ratio plus 3.5 percentage points Pillar 1 requirement
for additional Tier 1 and Tier 2. In addition to these ratios, there
will be a countercyclical buffer of up to 2.5 percentage points
which may be imposed by the supervisor. Almost all supervisors
have set their countercyclical buffer at 0% as per 1 January 2019.
The actual capital ratios of Rabobank amply exceeds these
minimum capital ratios. Our current (transitional based) capital
ratios and targets are higher than the minimum capital
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 25
requirements. It is our ambition to maintain a strong capital
position. Rabobank has the following capital ambition as per the
end of 2020:
• Minimum CET1 ratio of 14%;
• Fulfilling the MREL requirements.
Leverage ratioThe leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by a non-
risk-based measure of the on- and off balance sheet items. The
information to be disclosed is calculated in accordance with the
amendments made in the CRR calculations as laid down in
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/62 of 10 October
2014. The fully loaded leverage ratio on 31 December 2018 stood
at 5.9% (2017: 5.4%). The fully loaded figure reflects the end state
figure, assuming that the new regulations have been fully phased
in. The actual leverage ratio on 31 December 2018 stood at 6.4%
(2017: 6.0%). The regulatory minimum level for the leverage ratio
is 3%. The actual leverage ratio was at a higher level than the fully
loaded leverage ratio at year-end 2018 as various adjustments
will be gradually applied to the capital over the coming years in
accordance with the regulations. In line with the endorsed
implementing technical standards with regard to disclosure of
the leverage ratio for institutions, according to Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council,
Rabobank uses the specific EBA-templates as basis for the
presentation of its leverage ratio as per 31 December 2018.
For the summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage
ratio exposures we refer to appendix 14.3.
The benefit of our MREL eligible capital bufferRabobank aims to protect senior creditors and depositors against
the unlikely event of a bail-in. Rabobank therefore holds a large
buffer of equity and subordinated debt that will first absorb losses
in the event of a bail-in.
Rabobank has received formal notification from De
Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) of its binding minimum requirement
for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL). The MREL
requirement has been established to ensure that banks in the
European Union have sufficient own funds and eligible liabilities
to absorb losses in the case of a potential bank failure. The MREL
requirement is set for Rabobank Group at a consolidated level, as
determined by the Single Resolution Board (SRB).
This MREL requirement is based on Rabobank’s year-end 2016
figures. The requirement was set at 30.96% of Rabobank's
riskweighted assets (EUR 65 billion) and consists of a loss
absorption amount of 15.25%, a recapitalization amount of
11.65% and a market confidence amount of 4.06%. The
recapitalization amount and market confidence amount include
a correction for the expected depletion (loss absorbing amount)
of the balance sheet. The 30.96% requirement is based on BRRD
I. Future MREL requirements are subject to ongoing political
developments (e.g., European Trilogue) concerning the risk
reduction package proposed by the European Commission in
November 2016.
As under BRRD I preferred senior is MREL eligible, Rabobank
already meets its MREL requirement, so a transition period has not
been set. Over time, Rabobank intends to meet its MREL
requirement with a combination of own funds and non-preferred
senior only. In the second half of 2018 Rabobank issued 3
tranches of Non-Preferred Seniors: EUR 1 billion, USD 1 billion and
USD 0.25 billion. With MREL eligible capital of 28.2%, the
additional MREL needs are manageable.
We define our MREL eligible capital buffer as qualifying capital
plus the non-qualifying part of the grandfathered additional tier
1 instruments, the (amortized part of) tier 2 with a remaining
maturity of at least one year and non-preferred senior bonds with
a remaining maturity of at least one year plus the amount of
outstanding Non-Preferred Senior bonds with a remaining
maturity of at least one year. The buffer increased from
EUR 53.3 billion to EUR 56.6 billion due to profit retention and the
issuance of new instruments. This increase corresponds to 28.25%
(2017: 26.8%) of risk-weighted assets.
Table 5.4.3: MREL Eligible Capital buffer
Amounts in billions of euros 31-12-2018 31-12-2017
Qualifying Capital 53.3 51.9
Non qualifying grandfathered Additional Tier 1 0.0 0.0
Amortised Tier 2 > 1 year 1.3 1.3
Non-Preferred Senior bonds > 1 year 2.1 0.0
MREL Eligible Capital buffer and Non-Preferred Senior bonds 56.6 53.2
Risk-weighted assets 200.5 198.3
MREL Eligible Capital buffer / risk-weightedassets and Non-Preferred Senior bonds
28.2% 26.8%
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 26
Credit risk is defined as the risk of the bank facing an economic loss because the bank’s counterpartiescannot fulfil their contractual obligations.
Credit risk management within the bank is governed by the bank-wide central credit risk policy andfurther detailed in underlying specific credit risk standards and procedures. The primary responsibilityfor managing and monitoring credit risk lies with the business lines as the first line of defence. Thebusiness lines are required to identify, assess and manage, monitor and report potential weaknessesin the credit risk portfolios. Monitoring takes place on an ongoing basis to limit credit risk exposuresto a level in line with the business line’s risk appetite.
In addition, risk in the credit portfolio is measured and monitored at bank-wide level and on entitylevel on a monthly basis and by quarterly and ad-hoc portfolio reporting and analysis, with specificattention to risk developments and concentrations.
6.1 Credit Risk Management
Credit AcceptanceRabobank’s prudent credit acceptance policy is typified by careful
assessment of customers and their ability to repay the loan that
was issued (continuity perspective). As a result, the loan portfolio
has an acceptable risk profile even in less than favourable
economic circumstances. Rabobank aims to have long-term
relationships with customers that are beneficial for both the client
and the bank. An important starting point in acceptance policy for
business loans is the ‘know your customer’ principle. This means
that the bank only issues loans to business customers whose
management Rabobank considers to be ethical and competent.
In addition, Rabobank closely monitors developments in the
business sectors in which its customers operate and properly
assesses the financial performance of its customers. Corporate
sustainability also means sustainable financing. Sustainability
guidelines have been established for use in the credit process.
Although credit is usually granted on the cash flow generating
potential of the client or project, collateral will improve the
position of the bank in case a client defaults. Collateral can be
independent of the client’s business and/or obtained from the
client’s business. Rabobank has outlined its policies for collateral
valuation and management in the Global Standard Credit Risk
Mitigation. Compliant to CRR 181 1.(e) all (eligible) collateral is
valued at market value or less than market value and the
collateral value is monitored regularly. The collateral should be
sufficiently liquid and its value over time should be sufficiently
stable to provide appropriate credit protection. Within the
Rabobank policy framework each type of collateral is addressed
separately. The main types of collateral that are recognised by
Rabobank are real estate, inventory (such as equipment,
machinery, stock etc.), commodities, receivables and guarantees.
With a substantial domestic mortgage portfolio, housing is
considered a concentration risk within the total collateral
Rabobank received. The quality of the collateral is assessed in the
initial credit request, and is evaluated within the credit review
process. The frequency of revaluation depends on the credit
quality of the client and on the type of collateral and is in line
with the requirements set in the CRR.
The main types of guarantors are governments, local authorities,
(central) banks and corporate entities. For institutions, insurance
undertakings and export credit agencies, a minimum rating is
required.
Credit Committees and Credit ApprovalWithin the boundaries set by the RMC Group the Managing Board
has mandated decision-making authority to transactional
committees and to credit decision approval officers that operate
on an entity level, regional level or central level at Rabobank.
Credit committees review all significant risks in credit proposals
to arrive at a systematic judgment and a balanced decision.
6. Credit Risk
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 27
Rabobank has various levels of credit committees. Applications
exceeding authority level of a credit committee are
complemented with a recommendation and submitted to a
‘higher’ credit committee for decision-making.
Within Rabobank the ‘highest’ transactional committees are the
following:
Central Credit Committee Rabobank Group (CCCRG) - The
CCCRG takes credit decisions on credit applications subject to the
‘corporate credit approval route’ exceeding :
• the authority of Credit Approvals Local Banks (CA LB) - This
department is responsible for decisions on requests for non-
classified (LQC Good or OLEM) obligors exceeding the
authority of Local Banks in The Netherlands.
• the authority of Credit Approvals Wholesale Rural & Retail
(CA WRR) - This department is responsible for decisions on
requests for non-classified (LQC Good or OLEM) obligors
exceeding the authority of DLL or a Wholesale Rural & Retail
(WRR) office/region.
• the authority of the Credit Committee Financial
Restructuring & Recovery (CC-FR&R) - This credit committee
takes credit decisions on proposals for classified (LQC
Substandard, Doubtful or Loss) obligors exceeding the
authority of local credit committees and the FR&R department.
Country & Financial Institutions Committee (CFIC) - The CFIC
takes credit decisions on proposals exceeding the authority of
Credit Financial Institutions or Country Risk Research. These
departments are responsible for the risk management of
exposure on financial institutions and sovereigns/countries.
Loan Loss Provision Committee (LLPC) - The LLPC monitors the
development of qualified credit and asset portfolios and
recommends on impairment allowances for obligors exceeding
the authority of local credit committees or the CC-FR&R, to the
Managing Board.
The Terms of Reference (ToR) provide the mandate,
responsibilities & scope, hierarchical relationships, membership,
authority levels and modalities of these approval bodies. Credit
committees take decisions on the basis of consensus, unless local
regulation requires majority voting. Consensus is reached when
there is a general agreement and none of the members has
fundamental objections to the decision. When no consensus can
be reached, an application is considered declined. In case of
majority voting, the representative(s) from the Risk domain must
have a veto right.
For efficiency reasons credit committees can delegate part of
their authority. A single person may not take a credit decision
solely based on its own opinion; this means that a 4-eyes
principle applies or decisions are system supported, in which case
one person is allowed to decide as long as the credit is assessed
as acceptable by an expert system or meets predefined criteria
(the credit complies with decision tools). Fully IT supported
assessments and approvals are allowed under strict conditions.
The credit committees play a key role in ensuring consistency
among Rabobank standards of credit analysis, compliance with
the overall Rabobank credit policy and consistent use of the rating
models. The credit policy sets the parameters and remit of each
committee, including the maximum amount they are allowed to
approve for limits or transactions. Policies are also in place which
restrict or prohibit certain counterparty types or industries. As a
rule, all counterparty limits and internal ratings are reviewed once
a year (corporate clients) at a minimum. Where counterparties are
assigned a low loan quality classification, they are reviewed on a
more frequent basis. Credit committees may request for more
frequent reviews as well.
Lending to private individualsA substantial part of the Rabobank lending is supplied to private
individuals (EUR 195.5 billion). This category of loans consists
foremost of mortgage loans on residential owner occupied
properties.
In order to determine if the credit application is acceptable it will
run through a standardised process. Both from an external
legislation and from an internal policy point of view strict criteria
are applicable in terms of e.g. loan-to-income and loan-to-value.
Furthermore, the financial background of potential customers is
screened with BKR information (Bureau Kredietregistratie, an
organisation of credit registrations on private individuals). Also, a
Customer Due Diligence (CDD) check will be executed.
In order to have a maximum assurance that the loan will be fully
repaid, in general Rabobank demands a first mortgage on the
housing it finances. In specific circumstances, deviations on the
policy are allowed. Within the local banks domain credit
applications for these kind of mortgages can be approved on a
local management level. This approval always takes place within
a 4-eyes principle.
6.2 Credit Risk Measurement
Credit Risk Measurement FrameworkInternal credit models are used to estimate PD, LGD and EAD
parameters. Rabobank uses different modelling methodologies
for the different portfolios. Ranging from statistical models to
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 28
expert-based models, and taking into account quantitative and
qualitative risk drivers. The credit risk parameters are used in the
calculation of the capital requirements.
Decisions that determine the level of credit risk accepted by
Rabobank are not only based on quantitative information or
model output. Practical and conceptual limitations of metrics and
models using a qualitative approach including expert judgment
and critical analysis are also taken into account.
After obtaining permission from the Dutch Central Bank,
Rabobank has been using the most advanced methods for capital
calculations since January 1, 2008. Rabobank applies the Internal
Ratings Based (IRB) approach for the vast majority of its credit
portfolio (including retail) to calculate its regulatory capital
requirements according to CRR (CRD IV). The IRB approach is the
most sophisticated and risk-sensitive of the CRR (CRD IV)
approaches for credit risk, allowing Rabobank to make use of its
internal rating methodologies and models. Rabobank combines
CRR (CRD IV) compliance activities with a Pillar 2 framework. The
approach represents key risk components for internal risk
measurement and risk management processes. Key benefits are
a more efficient credit approval process, improved internal
monitoring and reporting of credit risk. Another important metric
is the Risk Adjusted Return On Capital (RAROC) for a transaction
as part of the credit application. This enables credit risk officers
and committees to make better informed credit decisions.
The IRB approach uses the Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given
Default (LGD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Maturity (M) as input
for the regulatory capital formula, where:
Risk metric Abbreviation Description
Probability ofDefault
PD (%) The likelihood that a counterparty will defaultwithin one year. This is a forward lookingmeasure.
Loss GivenDefault
LGD (%) The estimate of the economic loss in thesituation of a default, expressed as apercentage of the Exposure at Default (EAD).
Exposure atDefault
EAD (EUR) The expected exposure in case a counterpartydefaults.
Maturity M(t) The remaining expected maturity.
The Risk-Weighted Exposure Amount (RWA) and the Expected
Loss (EL) are calculated based on these parameters. The
Regulatory Capital requirements are calculated as 8% of RWA.
The differences between the actual IRB provision made for the
related exposure and the EL is adjusted for in the capital base. The
negative difference (when the EL amount is larger than the
provision amount) is defined as the Internal Ratings Based
Shortfall. According to CRR (CRD IV) rules, the shortfall amount is
deducted from the CET1 capital, AT1 capital and T2 capital. The
shortfall amount at the end of 2018 was EUR 1,003 million.
Concerning the application of ratings, on a process level,
Rabobank does not make a distinction between the different
exposure classes (except for Equity). For all exposure classes
(Central Governments and Central Banks, Corporates, Institutions
and Retail) Rabobank uses its own internal IRB PD, LGD and EAD
models. However, scorecards are different following the specific
characteristics and variables for each exposure class.
Off-balance sheet financial instrumentsGuarantees and standby letters of credit which Rabobank
provides to third parties in the event a client cannot fulfil its
obligations vis-à-vis these third parties, are exposed to credit risk.
Documentary and commercial letters of credit and written
undertakings by Rabobank on behalf of clients authorise third
parties to draw bills against Rabobank up to a present amount
subject to specific conditions. These transactions are secured by
the delivery of the underlying goods to which they relate.
Accordingly, the risk exposure of such an off-balance sheet
instrument is lower than that of an on-balance sheet exposure,
(e.g. a direct loan). Obligations to grant loans at specific rates of
interest during a fixed period of time are recognised under credit
granting liabilities and accounted for as such unless these
commitments do not extend beyond the period expected to be
needed to perform appropriate underwriting, in which case they
are considered to be transactions conforming to standard market
conventions.
Rabobank is exposed to credit risk when it promises to grant
lending facilities. The size of such exposure at risk is less than the
total of the unused commitments, as promises to grant credit
facilities are made subject to the clients meeting certain
conditions that apply to loans. Rabobank monitors the term to
expiry of credit promises, as long-term commitments are
generally associated with a higher risk than short-term
commitments.
One-obligor principleFor exposures that, under Basel regulations, qualify as corporate
exposures, exposure is measured at client group level, in line with
the one-obligor principle as defined by Rabobank. The one-
obligor principle implicates that the total of the approved
exposure limit(s) of a debtor is combined with the exposure limits
of the other debtors of the same client group within served by any
Rabobank entity. The client group of debtors includes debtors
belonging to an economic unity in which legal entities and
companies are organisationally connected, as well as majority
shareholders of that economic unity.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 29
Concentration riskRabobank applies concentration risk mitigation on, for example,
asset classes, sector and country level. For its asset classes
Rabobank has determined a risk appetite, expressed in exposure,
percentage of defaults and impairment charges on financial
assets. Furthermore, exposure limits are set on a sector and
country level as well. Single name concentrations are limited on
exposure and loss at default (LAD) and are monitored closely.
Risk classification and internal rating systemAn important element in the risk analysis for credit applications
is the classification of the credit risk by assigning an internal rating
to each credit counterparty. This is a borrower rating reflecting the
likelihood of a counterparty becoming unable to repay the loan
or to fulfil other debt obligations to Rabobank. Together with the
introduction of the Basel II framework, Rabobank developed the
Rabobank Risk Rating (RRR) master scale, comprising 21
performing ratings (R0-R20) and 4 default ratings (D1-D4). The
performing ratings correspond with the PD of the client. The D1-
D4 ratings represent default classifications. D1 represents a
minimum of 90 days of arrears, D2 a high probability that the
debtor is unlikely to pay, D3 that the debtor is unable to meet its
obligations and foreclosure/restructuring is required, and D4 is
the status of bankruptcy. In accordance with this approach, all D-
ratings constitute the total defaulted exposure. Each RRR is
associated with a range for the PD in basis points and an average
PD in basis points (see next table). The RRR for a specific
counterparty is determined based on internally developed credit
risk models. These models are developed by taking into account
various risk factors including the sector, country, size of the
counterparty and type of counterparty.
When using the credit risk model, specific customer information
is entered, such as general customer behaviour, customer
financial data and market data. The credit risk models are used as
a credit decision supporting tool. The outcome of the credit risk
model is used as a starting point for determining the RRR. Model
results are combined with professional judgment and risk
management (e.g. credit committee) to take into account
relevant and material information, including those aspects which
are not (sufficiently) taken into account by the credit risk model.
External agencies’ credit ratings do not imply a specific PD,
although one can observe a default frequency for each Standard
& Poor’s (S&P) grade. The observed default frequency is a
backward-looking measure of PD. By matching the observed
default frequencies of the S&P grades with the average default
probabilities of associated internal RRR, a mapping has been
obtained from the external ratings by S&P to our internal ratings
for reference purposes.
Rabobank mapping table internal and external ratings
Internal rating PD min % PD max %External Rating
Equivalent
R00 - 0.00 zero-risk
R01 - 0.02 AAA
R02 0.02 0.02 AA+
R03 0.02 0.03 AA
R04 0.03 0.05 AA-
R05 0.05 0.06 A+
R06 0.06 0.09 A
R07 0.09 0.12 A-
R08 0.12 0.17 BBB+
R09 0.17 0.27 BBB
R10 0.27 0.41 BBB-
R11 0.41 0.61 BB+
R12 0.61 0.92 BB+/BB
R13 0.92 1.37 BB
R14 1.37 2.06 BB-
R15 2.06 3.09 B+
R16 3.09 4.63 B+/B
R17 4.63 6.95 B
R18 6.95 10.42 B-
R19 10.42 15.63 B-/CCC+
R20 15.63 99.99 CCC+/worse
D1 100 100 Default
D2 100 100 Default
D3 100 100 Default
D4 100 100 Default
The IRB portfolio’s average RRR is around R12 (PD between 0.61%
and 0.92%). For 3% of the portfolio (based on gross carrying
values), the debt servicing commitments are not fully met. If such
a situation is expected an adequate allowance will be formed for
this part of the portfolio.
The IRB models calculate a client PD, which is subsequently
mapped to the RRR. For the IRB advanced portfolio, each entity/
type of credit facility has its own LGD models, which are based
upon the Rabobank LGD principles. Estimates for PD and LGD,
together with the exposure value (EAD), feed into the calculation
of EL and unexpected loss (UL). The latter is used to determine
regulatory and economic capital requirements.
Quality assurance credit risk models
Model governanceThe Model Governance Committee (MGC) has the responsibility
to sign-off on credit risk models before implementation (for DLL
a separate arrangement on model validations is in place). Before
MGC Group sign-off is requested, all models are validated by an
independent Model Validation team. Implemented models are
reviewed on at least an annual basis including back testing of
predictions against realizations. Credit Risk has a seat in the MGC.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 30
The Model Validation team assesses model performance
annually, based on statistical review complemented with an in-
depth analysis of model risks arising from internal and external
changes. For example, there can be relevant changes in internal
model usage, business model, changes in external regulations
and market conditions. This periodic validation aims to assess the
quality of the model in terms of prudence, methodology, validity
of key assumptions, fit-for-purpose and compliance. The overall
conclusions on performance of the models are reported to the
MGC Group with a recommendation to either extend the usage
of the model, or to redevelop the model if necessary. If models
are tested as non-prudent, the MGC Group is informed and
decides on an appropriate capital add-on until the model is
recalibrated to a prudent level. Besides these internally reviewed
risk models, there are some risk models that are periodically
reviewed by external parties under supervision of the Model
Validation team. Assumptions used in our models are not
disclosed as these are considered proprietary.
According to the ‘three lines of defence’ model Audit Rabobank
operates as the third line of defence within Rabobank Group. The
scope of work of Audit Rabobank is to:
• Provide independent assurance, advice and insights to the
Managing Board, the Supervisory Board and other senior
management of Rabobank Group on the quality and
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control, risk management
and governance systems and processes (including models),
thereby helping the boards and management protect the
organisation and its reputation.
• Provide, for internal purposes only and to be relied upon by the
external auditor, independent assurance on selected data
included in financial statements, the In Control Statement,
Integrated Report and KPI’s, regulatory reporting and the
credit provisions (financial audits).
Rabobank Model LandscapeRabobank made significant progress in the overhaul of its credit
risk model landscape (RML), making models more effective for
business purposes and integrating new regulatory requirements,
while reducing the total number of models to a third since 2016.
Apart from extending the use test (acceptance, delegation of
authority levels, early warning, IFRS 9), the Internal Rating Based
(IRB) models for Residential Mortgages and SME retail were
assessed in TRIMIXs and will be deployed in 2019 after final ECB
approval. The deployment of the corporate models and
international agricultural models will be done after their
completion and regulatory approval process. Combined, these
four models represent two thirds of Rabobank’s balance sheet
exposures. After completion, model redevelopments for the
remaining portfolios are envisaged. In the meantime, IFRS 9
models have been successfully used throughout 2018 for
advanced calculations of provisioning.
The table below gives an overview of the most important models
by exposure class, including a model description and
methodology.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 31
Asset Class Model
Number ofimportant
Models Calibration data Model description and methodology
Sovereigns (CGCB) PD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using economic structure, economic policy, liquidityposition and foreign debt as key risk drivers.
LGD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using ability to pay, debtors view on foreign privatecreditors, negotiating power as key risk drivers.
EAD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using product type as key risk driver.
Public Sector Entitities PD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model. A notching methodology isused with the Sovereign rating as a starting point. It includes basedon PSE type, support government, economic fundamentals, politicsand governance, debt structure and burden, ability to raise taxesas key risk drivers.
LGD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, using collateral type, producttype as key risk drivers.
EAD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model differentiated by facility type.
Financial Institutions PD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks,own default estimates on external rating data and internal data. Themodel is using country risk, financial and business risk drivers andwarning signals as key risk drivers.
LGD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using Seniority, secured/unsecured, legal position indebtors country, strength, industry performance/type, macro-economic performance as key risk drivers.
EAD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using product type as key risk driver.
Corporate - SME PD 7 > 7 years Statistical developed models, scorecard methodology, usingfinancial risk ratios and business risk drivers, warning signals as keyrisk drivers.
LGD 4 > 7 years Expert-based developed models, supported by internal data usingCollateral type, (local) legal framework, UCP and unpledged assetsas key risk drivers.
EAD 4 > 7 years Statistical and expert-based developed models using facility types,business type and region as key risk drivers for the CCFs.
Corporate - Other PD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using financial risk and business risk drivers, warningsignals as key risk drivers.
LGD 1 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using collateral type, (local) legal framework, UCP andunpledged assets as key risk drivers.
EAD 1 > 7 years Statistical and expert based developed models using facility types,business type and region as key risk drivers for the CCFs.
Corporate - SL PD 3 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by internal datausing Risk drivers specific for project finance, IPRE and TradeFinance as key risk drivers.
LGD 2 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by internal datausing an extension with specific risk factors for specialized lending.
EAD 2 > 7 years An expert-based developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using specific conversion factors per type ofspecialized lending.
Residential Real Estate PD 1 > 7 years A statistical developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using business entity, loan-to-income, Loan-to-value,seasoning, credit records, product types as key risk drivers.
LGD 1 > 7 years A statistical developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using business entity, loan-to-value, product types askey risk drivers.
EAD 1 > 7 years A statistical developed model, supported by benchmarks andinternal data using business entity and product type as key riskdrivers.
Retail - Other (SME and non-SME) PD 2 > 7 years Statistical developed models, using financial risk and business riskdrivers, warning signals, and transaction characteristics as key riskdrivers.
LGD 2 > 7 years Statistical developed models, using loan-to-value, business line,facility type, seasoning as key risk drivers.
EAD 2 > 7 years Statistical developed models, using business line, facility type askey risk drivers.
Other Models for leasing, purchased receivables, structured finance andtransfer event risk.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 32
Credit risk reportingCredit risk reporting is based on the product administration
systems and the rating systems, which hold PD, LGD and EAD
information. Risk reporting is reconciled with financial reporting
data both at entity and Group level. Risk Management compiles
a Credit Quarterly Rabobank (CQR) report on the developments
in the credit portfolio, which is distributed among senior
management. Key risk indicators in this quarterly credit risk report
such as PD, EAD, LGD, EC and EL, are used to monitor
developments within the portfolio. Furthermore, trends in
impairment charges, impairment allowances, non-performing
loans, and number and amount of exposures are analysed by our
Financial Restructuring & Recovery (FR&R) department. Another
important periodic report is the quarterly loan impairment report.
Our Risk Management Credit (RM Credit) department provides
insight into the risk in order to make it possible for Rabobank to
optimise the balance between credit risk, capital usage and
returns. RM Credit is a centre of competence for all credit activities
in which risk-return considerations play a role. FR&R has a specific
focus on the substandard and non-performing part of the
portfolio.
IRB and Standardised Approach exposuresThe policy of Rabobank is aimed at applying the IRB approach for
its credit portfolio as much as possible. A few exceptions can be
made to this policy. The criteria used to assess when the IRB
approach does not need to be applied for a credit portfolio are
included in the ‘Global standard on partial use of the Standardised
Approach’. In this policy document a distinction is made between
portfolios on which the Standardised Approach (SA) is
permanently applied - as they are immaterial in size and risk - and
portfolios for which SA is temporarily applied. Within the
portfolios for which SA is permanently applied, a distinction is
made between portfolios for which the credit risk is nil or very
limited (e.g. some central governments) and portfolios falling
under discretionary approval of DNB for using the SA, for which
specific limits are prescribed.
6.2.1. Credit portfolioWeighted on gross carrying values Rabobank is IRB compliant for
96% of its credit portfolio exposures (this includes a limited
exposure on IRB foundation). A full 100% IRB coverage will never
be reached, since the SA has been chosen for some portfolios as
described in the previous paragraph. In general the IRB coverage
is particularly high for the portfolios in the Netherlands and in the
wholesale portfolios outside the Netherlands. Some parts of the
international retail portfolios abroad are under SA. As per
31 December 2018, in terms of EAD Rabobank has the following
exposures per approach: AIRB 547.3 billion, FIRB 7.9 billion and
SA 21.5 billion.
The following templates provide an overview of Rabobank’s IRB
exposures in terms of carrying amounts and EAD. Furthermore,
in some templates the risk-weighted exposure amount, the PD,
the LGD and the exposure-weighted average risk weight are
shown.
Template 7: EU CRB-B – Total and average net amount ofexposures
Amounts in millions of euros Net value ofexposures at the
end of the period
Average netexposures over
the period
Central governments or central banks 89,931 94,684
Institutions 18,701 20,031
Corporates 213,991 210,689
Of which: Specialised lending 22,562 22,911
Of which: SMEs 71,540 71,296
Retail 247,148 248,040
Secured by real estate property 215,094 216,498
SMEs 20,536 20,619
Non-SMEs 194,558 195,878
Qualifying revolving - -
Other retail 32,054 31,542
SMEs 27,004 26,430
Non-SMEs 5,050 5,112
Equity 3,525 3,540
Total IRB approach 573,295 576,983
Central governments or central banks 2,080 1,813
Regional governments or local authorities - -
Public sector entities - -
Multilateral development banks - -
International organisations - -
Institutions 883 819
Corporates 11,420 9,885
Of which: SMEs 2,682 2,643
Retail 5,082 5,569
Of which: SMEs 3,596 3,966
Secured by mortgages on immovable property 5,504 5,591
Of which: SMEs 1,436 1,735
Exposures in default 1,278 1,343
Items associated with particularly high risk 5 9
Covered bonds - -
Claims on institutions and corporates with ashort-term credit assessment
- -
Collective investments undertakings - -
Equity exposures - -
Other exposures - -
Total standardised approach 26,253 25,029
Total 599,549 602,012
Narrative template 7: As a result of new exposures (mainly in
wholesale lending and trade & commodity finance) and positive
FX results, exposure on Corporates rose by 6 billion in comparison
to 2017. Exposure on Central Governments & Central Banks
decreased by 3 billion due to an overall net decrease of cash
balances and government paper. The decrease in exposure
'Secured by real estate property' of 4 billion was mainly caused
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 33
by additional repayments from Dutch mortgage customers and
the securitisation of a small part of the mortgage portfolio. The
average total net exposure over the period is higher than at the
end of 2018, due to a higher exposure at the end of 2018 Q1.
Template 21 is available in appendix 14.6.
Template 5: EU CR10 – IRB (specialised lending and equities)
Amounts in millions of euros
Specialised lending
Regulatory categories Remaining maturity On-balancesheet amount
Off-balancesheet amount Risk weight Exposure
amount RWAs Expected losses
Category 1Less than 2.5 years 50%
Equal to or more than2.5 years 70%
Category 2Less than 2.5 years 70%
Equal to or more than2.5 years 90%
Category 3Less than 2.5 years 115%
Equal to or more than2.5 years 115%
Category 4Less than 2.5 years 250%
Equal to or more than2.5 years 250%
Category 5Less than 2.5 years -
Equal to or more than2.5 years -
Total Less than 2.5 years
Total Equal to or more than2.5 years
Equities under the simple risk-weighted approach
Categories - Amounts in millions of euros On- balance-sheet amount
Off-balance-sheet amount Risk weight Exposure
amount RWAs Capitalrequirements
Private equity exposures 780 - 190% 780 1,481 119
Exchange-traded equity exposures 80 - 290% 80 234 19
Other equity exposures 502 - 370% 502 1,856 148
Total 1,362 - - 1,362 3,571 286
Narrative template 5: The first part of the template is reported
empty as Rabobank is not calculating its own funds requirements
for specialized lending according to the slotting approach, but
applies the LGD/PD approach in accordance with Art 153 (5) CRR.
2018 amounts are in line with reported 2017 values. Due to the
370% risk weight, the relatively small rise of 202 million in Other
equity exposures led to a 763 million increase in RWA.
Template 23: EU CR8 – RWA flow statements of credit riskexposures under the IRB approach
Amounts in millions of euros RWA amounts Capitalrequirements
RWAs as per 31 December 2017 122,809 9,825
Asset size -954 -76
Asset quality 3,478 278
Model updates - -
Methodology and policy - -
Acquisitions and disposals - -
Foreign exchange movements 982 79
Other - -
RWAs as per 31 December 2018 126,315 10,105
Narrative template 23: The portfolio was impacted by foreign
exchange movements, with a rise of the USD, and decrease of the
AUD and BRL as the main contributors. Regarding asset quality,
higher risk weights in both the domestic and the international
portfolio increased the RWA by 2.8%. In 2018 there were no
Model updates and Acquisitions & disposals that impacted the
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 34
RWA. Concerning changes due to Methodology & policy, the only
effect (implementation of IFRS 9) was not material. As a result, for
all these effects nil is reported.
Table 6.2.1: Weighted average PD and LGD IRB Advanced and IRB Foundation
Country Weighted average PD Weighted average LGD
IRB Advanced The Netherlands 3.9% 22.1%
Other European countries 1.9% 27.0%
North America 3.3% 25.2%
Latin America 10.7% 29.1%
Asia 3.7% 28.0%
Australia 2.7% 15.0%
Other 4.9% 27.2%
Total 3.7% 22.7%
IRB Foundation The Netherlands 7.0% 43.0%
Other European countries 0.7% 45.0%
North America 0.1% 45.0%
Latin America 2.6% 44.6%
Asia 1.4% 45.3%
Australia 0.2% 45.0%
Other 4.1% 45.0%
Total 2.0% 44.9%
Grand Total 3.7% 23.0%
Template 24 is available in appendix 14.7. The following templates provide an overview of Rabobank’s
Standardised Approach exposures.
Template 19: EU CR4 - Standardised approach - Credit risk exposure and CRM effects
Amounts in millions of euros Exposures before CCF and CRM Exposures post CCF and CRM RWAs and RWA density
Exposure classes On-balance sheetamount
Off-balance sheetamount
On-balance sheetamount
Off-balance sheetamount
RWAs RWA density
Central governments or central banks 2,080 - 2,407 - 2,679 1.11
Institutions 883 - 883 - 248 0.28
Corporates 6,779 4,642 6,779 508 7,220 0.99
Retail 4,440 642 4,440 248 3,327 0.71
Secured by mortgages on immovableproperty
4,983 522 4,656 261 1,887 0.38
Exposures in default 1,276 2 1,276 1 1,523 1.19
Exposures associated with particularly highrisk
5 - 5 - 8 1.50
Total 20,446 5,807 20,446 1,018 16,892 0.79
Narrative template 19: 2018 exposure amounts and RWA density
are in line with reported 2017 values.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 35
Template 20: EU CR5 – Standardised approach
Amounts in millions ofeurosExposure Classes
0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 35% 50% 70% 75% 100% 150% 250% 370% 1250% OthersDeductedTotal Ofwhichunrated
Central governmentsor central banks
1,153 - - - 67 - 124 - - 36 - 1,027 - - - - 2,407 1,027
Regional governmentor local authorities
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Public sector entities - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Multilateraldevelopment banks
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Internationalorganisations
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Institutions - - - - 741 - 84 - - 58 - - - - - - 883 58
Corporates - - - - - - - - - 7,287 - - - - - - 7,287 7,287
Retail - - - - - - - - 4,688 - - - - - - - 4,688 4,688
Secured bymortgages onimmovable property
- - - - - 3,912 783 - - 222 - - - - - - 4,917 4,917
Exposures in default - - - - - - - - - 786 492 - - - - - 1,277 1,277
Higher-riskcategories
- - - - - - - - - - 5 - - - - - 5 5
Covered bonds - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Institutions andcorporates with ashort-term creditassessment
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Collective investmentundertakings
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Equity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Other items - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Total 1,153 - - - 808 3,912 992 - 4,688 8,388 497 1,027 - - - - 21,464 19,259
Narrative template 20: Figures are in line with 2017 values. Within
the exposure class Central Governments or Central Banks an
amount of 1,027 million has a risk weight of 250%. This exposure
is related to Deferred Tax Assets (DTA). As from the 2018 reporting
all exposures to Institutions with a risk weight below 100% are
reported as rated, including Institutions for which the rating is
derived from a rated country. This leads to a lower unrated
Institutions portfolio, and a lower total unrated portfolio
compared to 2017.
NB: Rabobank uses the public information, as published by the
External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI), or as published by
the company itself to apply a rating issued by an ECAI. Rabobank
complies with the standard association published by the EBA.
For rated exposures under the Standardised Approach Rabobank
uses the following External Credit Assessment Institutions:
Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. Both External Credit Assessment
Institutions are used for the exposure classes Central
Governments or Central Banks, and Institutions. Furthermore, for
securitizations the External Credit Assessment Institution Fitch is
used (securitizations are not in scope for template 20).
The following templates provide an overview of Rabobank’s IRB
and Standardised Approach exposures showing more detail on
the geographical, maturity and counterparty type breakdown.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 36
Template 8: CRB-C – Geographical breakdown of exposures
Amounts in millions of euros The Netherlands Other EU North America Latin America Asia Australia Other Countries Total
Central governments or centralbanks
69,576 10,751 6,617 528 1,010 1,264 186 89,931
Institutions 10,314 2,419 1,454 201 3,804 230 278 18,701
Corporates 92,806 25,623 48,708 8,986 11,773 25,375 720 213,991
Retail 227,717 8,209 9,416 977 - 828 - 247,148
Equity 2,692 264 203 202 19 14 132 3,525
Total IRB approach 403,105 47,266 66,399 10,894 16,606 27,711 1,315 573,295
Central governments or centralbanks
1,147 172 450 22 119 170 - 2,080
Regional governments or localauthorities
- - - - - - - -
Public sector entities - - - - - - - -
Multilateral development banks - - - - - - - -
International organisations - - - - - - - -
Institutions 7 96 199 65 56 460 - 883
Corporates 794 3,071 2,762 3,961 563 269 - 11,420
Retail 1,713 1,716 423 231 525 475 - 5,082
Secured by mortgages onimmovable property
3,597 150 1,616 - - 142 - 5,504
Exposures in default 143 569 51 429 84 2 - 1,278
Items associated withparticularly high risk
- 5 - - - - - 5
Covered bonds - - - - - - - -
Claims on institutions andcorporates with a short-termcredit assessment
- - - - - - - -
Collective investmentsundertakings
- - - - - - - -
Equity exposures - - - - - - - -
Other exposures - - - - - - - -
Total standardised approach 7,401 5,780 5,501 4,709 1,346 1,517 - 26,253
Total 410,506 53,045 71,899 15,603 17,952 29,228 1,316 599,549
Narrative template 8: The main increases in the international
banking domain were the result of new business in a.o. Latin
America and Australia, foremost in wholesale, but to a lesser
extent also with rural customers. Within the Netherlands, the
decrease of exposure in 'Secured by real estate property', as
elaborated on in template 7, was the result of additional
repayments from Dutch mortgage customers and the
securitisation of a small part of the mortgage portfolio. Within the
leasing portfolio growth was observed in a wide variety of
countries where DLL operates in.
The column ‘Other Countries’ mainly consists of countries in the
African region, on which exposure is very limited.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 37
Template 10: EU CRB-E – Maturity of exposures
Net exposure value
Amounts in millions of euros On demand <= 1 year > 1year <= 5 years > 5 years No statedmaturity
Total
Central governments or central banks 64,883 11,123 9,827 2,840 954 89,626
Institutions 325 12,961 1,239 351 86 14,961
Corporates 5,625 48,304 42,751 50,432 6,001 153,113
Retail 5,585 3,709 50,989 173,415 - 233,699
Equity - - - - 3,525 3,525
Total IRB approach 76,419 76,096 104,806 227,038 10,565 494,924
Central governments or central banks 514 5 2 - 1,559 2,080
Institutions 501 1 2 8 372 883
Corporates 6 4,027 1,310 681 754 6,779
Retail 1 1,096 2,055 1,150 138 4,440
Secured by mortgages on immovable property - 256 240 4,420 66 4,983
Exposures in default - 435 192 384 264 1,276
Items associated with particularly high risk - - 1 4 - 5
Total standardised approach 1,021 5,821 3,803 6,648 3,153 20,446
Total 77,440 81,917 108,609 233,686 13,719 515,371
Narrative template 10: A sharp decrease in the total exposure
value under 'no stated maturity' is reported. This is foremost
related to an improved data quality and reporting process.
Template 9: EU CRB-D – Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types
Amounts in millions of euros Food(animal)
Food(vegetable)
Industry Other F&A Services CentralGovernment
or CentralBanks
BanksHouseholds Trade Total
Central governments or central banks - - - - 352 87,100 2,479 - - 89,931
Institutions - 21 290 272 10,667 - 7,396 - 55 18,701
Corporates 35,859 30,547 20,251 31,528 60,478 419 101 - 34,809 213,991
Retail 1,752 4,732 2,711 1,962 34,826 187 24 199,225 1,730 247,148
Equity 16 2 239 3 2,546 75 591 - 52 3,525
Total IRB approach 37,627 35,302 23,491 33,765 108,868 87,782 10,590 199,225 36,645 573,295
Central governments or central banks - - - - 1,027 757 296 - - 2,080
Regional governments or local authorities - - - - - - - - - -
Public sector entities - - - - - - - - - -
Multilateral development banks - - - - - - - - - -
International organisations - - - - - - - - - -
Institutions - - - - 96 67 720 - - 883
Corporates 418 7,646 412 686 1,200 - - - 1,058 11,420
Retail 698 409 289 506 1,839 6 2 918 416 5,082
Secured by mortgages on immovable property 88 30 30 42 2,285 1 - 2,873 157 5,504
Exposures in default 153 355 73 117 355 - - 35 190 1,278
Items associated with particularly high risk - - - - - - - - 5 5
Covered bonds - - - - - - - - - -
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
- - - - - - - - - -
Collective investments undertakings - - - - - - - - - -
Equity exposures - - - - - - - - - -
Other exposures - - - - - - - - - -
Total standardised approach 1,357 8,440 804 1,351 6,801 832 1,018 3,825 1,826 26,253
Total 38,984 43,742 24,295 35,116 115,670 88,613 11,608 203,050 38,472 599,549
Narrative template 9: Within the international banking domain
the rise in exposure was diversified over a large number of
sectors, but foremost in F&A related segments. In the domestic
retail banking segment more redemptions than new inflow led
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 38
to a slight decrease of the total loan portfolio. This effect was
visible in various sectors.
Template 18: EU CR3 – CRM techniques – Overview
Amounts in millions of euros Exposures unsecured -carrying amount
Exposures secured -carrying amount
Exposures secured bycollateral
Exposures secured byfinancial guarantees
Exposures secured bycredit derivatives
Total loans 168,880 324,230 310,426 13,804 -
Total debt securities 18,659 77 0 77 -
Total exposures 187,539 324,307 310,426 13,881 -
Of which: Defaulted 4,400 8,155 7,809 346 -
Narrative template 18: End of 2018 figures are within the same
range as in 2017. This is the result of a consistent and long-term
collateral policy.
6.2.2. Past due, non-performing loans, defaults and loanimpairment allowancesFor the purpose of reporting, Rabobank distinguishes several
types of loans, for which servicing commitments are not being
met, like for example:
• Past due loans: Interest, repayments or overdrafts on a loan
have been due for payment for more than one day.
• Non-performing/defaulted/impaired loans : Loans that at least
satisfy one of the following criteria. Material exposures which
are more than 90 days past due or the debtor is assessed as
unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full without realisation
of collateral, regardless of the existence of any past due
amount or the number of days past due.
• All Obligors and Facilities that are in Default are always Non-
Performing.
• Additional Non-Performing criteria (not applicable for
Default): A forborne and Non-Defaulted Obligor that has been
reclassified from the Defaulted /Non-Performing category
becomes Non-Performing (again) when:
• additional Forbearance measures are granted to a forborne
contract or
• a forborne contract becomes more than 30 days past-due.
Within the Rabobank portfolio past-due exposures of more than
90 days that are not considered defaulted can occur when these
exposures are not material.
NB: The new Definition of Default (DoD) according to EBA
guidelines, published in 2016, is being implemented as of
1 January 2018. This definition also includes the strict exit criteria
for forborne defaulted exposure.
Cured (returned to performing): A facility is returned to
performing (cured) when all exit criteria for non-performing are
met.
Restructured exposure: A distressed sale or a distressed
restructuring has occurred that likely results into a credit-related
economic loss, for example involving remission, subordination
or postponement of principal, interest or fee (re-)payments.
Impairment allowancesIFRS 9 became effective on 1 January 2018 and Rabobank applies
the classification, measurement and impairment requirements
retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet and
opening retained earnings as per 1 January 2018, with no
restatement of comparative periods. The adoption of IFRS 9
Financial Instruments resulted in changes in accounting policies
and adjustments to the amounts recognised in the financial
statements.
ClassificationFrom 1 January 2018, Rabobank classifies its financial assets in the
following measurement categories:
• those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either
through OCI, or through profit or loss), and
• those to be measured at amortized cost.
The classification depends on:
1. Business model assessment; Assessment how the business is
managed and how the business is seen from a strategic point
of view:
• Hold to collect: where the financial asset is held within a
business model whose objective is to hold financial assets
in order to collect contractual cash flows; or
• Hold to collect and sell: where the financial asset is held
within a business model whose objective is achieved by
both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial
assets; or
• Other business model.2. Contractual cash flow assessment; Assessment whether the
cash flows of the financial assets are solely payment of
principal and interest (SPPI test).
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 39
The business model assessment can be made on a portfolio
basis, whereas the contractual cash flow assessment is made for
each individual financial asset. Rabobank only reclassifies debt
instruments when the business model for managing those assets
changes.
A debt instrument that is held within a business model "hold to
collect" and meets the SPPI test is measured at amortized cost
unless the asset is designated at fair value through profit or loss.
A debt instrument that is held within a business model "hold to
collect and sell" and meets the SPPI test is measured at fair value
with fair value adjustments recognized in other comprehensive
income unless the asset is designated at fair value through profit
or loss. All other debt instruments are mandatorily measured at
fair value through profit or loss.
All equity instruments in scope of IFRS 9 are measured at fair value
with fair value adjustments recognized in profit or loss or in other
comprehensive income. The option to designate an equity
instrument at fair value through other comprehensive income is
available at initial recognition and is irrevocable.
IFRS 9 gives new guidance around modification accounting. This
altered the way Rabobank accounts for prepayment penalties and
interest rate averaging with regard to outstanding loans in the
consolidated statement of income.
MeasurementAt initial recognition, Rabobank measures a financial asset at its
fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value
through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction
costs of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or
loss are expensed to profit or loss. Financial assets with embedded
derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining
whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and
interest. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized
and subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Impairment allowances on financial assetsThe rules governing impairments apply to financial assets at
amortized cost and financial assets at fair value through OCI, as
well as to lease receivables, contract assets, trade receivables,
certain loan commitments and financial guarantees. At initial
recognition, an allowance is formed for the amount of the
expected credit losses from possible defaults in the coming 12
months (‘12-months expected credit loss’ (ECL)). If credit risk has
increased significantly since origination (but remains non-credit-
impaired), an allowance is required for the amount that equals the
expected credit losses stemming from possible defaults during
the expected lifetime of the financial asset (‘Lifetime ECL’). If the
financial instrument becomes credit-impaired the allowance will
remain at the Lifetime ECL. However, for these instruments the
interest income will be recognized by applying the effective
interest rate on the net carrying amount (including the
allowance). Financial instruments become credit-impaired when
one or more events have occurred that had a detrimental impact
on estimated future cash flows.
Two fundamental drivers of the IFRS 9 impairments requirements
are a) the methodology for the measurement of 12-month and
Lifetime ECL and b) the criteria used to determine whether a 12-
month ECL, Lifetime ECL non-credit impaired, or Lifetime ECL
credit-impaired should be applied (also referred to as stage
determination criteria).
a) Methodology to determine expected credit lossesIn order to determine ECLs Rabobank utilises point in time
Probability of Default (PD) x Loss Given Default (LGD) x Exposure
at Default (EAD) models for the majority of the portfolio in scope.
Three global macroeconomic scenarios are incorporated into
these models and probability weighted in order to determine the
expected credit losses. When unexpected external developments
or data quality issues are not sufficiently covered by the outcome
of the ECL models, an adjustment will be made.
b) Stage determination criteriaIn order to allocate financial instruments in scope between the
categories 12-month ECL (stage 1), lifetime ECL non-credit-
Impaired (stage 2) and lifetime ECL Credit-Impaired (stage 3) a
framework of qualitative and quantitative factors has been
developed. The criteria for allocating a financial instrument to
stage 3 are fully aligned with the criteria for assigning a defaulted
status, for example 90 days past due status, or if a debtor is likely
to become unable to pay its credit obligations without liquidation
of collateral by the bank. In order to allocate financial instruments
between stages 1 and 2, Rabobank uses criteria, such as days past
due status, special asset management status and deterioration
of the PD since origination. For portfolios without individual PD’s
or with PD’s that are not updated on a frequent basis such that
an assessment of the change in PD is not possible, a collective
assessment on groups of financial instruments with shared credit
risk characteristics is made.
After a loan has been granted, continuous credit management
takes place. New financial and non-financial information is
assessed. The bank ascertains whether the client complies with
the agreement made and whether it can be expected that this
will be the case in the future. If this is expected not to be the
case, credit management is stepped up, monitoring becomes
more frequent, and a closer eye is kept on credit terms. Guidance
is provided by a special department for larger and more complex
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 40
loans: Financial Restructuring & Recovery (FR&R). If it is likely that
a debtor will be unable to pay the amounts owed to Rabobank
in accordance with the contractual obligations, this will give rise
to an impairment (impaired loan). If necessary, an allowance is
formed that is charged to income.
Credit quality of exposures
* The specific and general credit risk adjustment is slightly
different from the loan impairment allowances as published in the
Financial Statement 2018 because of scope differences. All
Rabobank loan impairment allowances are labelled specific.
**These 'accumulated write-offs' include both by reductions of
the carrying amount of financial assets recognised directly in
profit or loss, as well as reductions in the amounts of the
allowance accounts for credit losses taken against the carrying
amount of financial assets. In the Financial Statements 2018 only
the latter is reported in chapter 4.3 credit risk.
Template 11: EU R1-A – Credit quality of exposures by exposure class and instrument
Gross Carrying values of
Amounts in millions of euros Defaultedexposures (a)
Non-defaultedexposures (b)
Specific creditrisk adjustment*
(c)
General creditrisk adjustment
(d)
Accumulatedwrite-offs**
Credit riskadjustment
charges of theperiod
Net values (a+b+c+d)
Central governments or central banks - 89,937 -6 - - - 89,931
Institutions 467 18,299 -64 - - - 18,701
Corporates 11,197 205,269 -2,474 - -763 - 213,991
Of which: Specialised lending 1,235 21,513 -186 - -263 - 22,562
Of which: SMEs 6,248 66,415 -1,123 - -163 - 71,540
Retail 3,275 245,006 -1,133 - -245 - 247,148
Secured by real estate property 2,232 213,433 -572 - -33 - 215,094
SMEs 1,625 19,271 -360 - -12 - 20,536
Non-SMEs 607 194,162 -211 - -21 - 194,558
Qualifying revolving - - - - - - -
Other retail 1,042 31,573 -561 - -212 - 32,054
SMEs 947 26,556 -498 - -211 - 27,004
Non-SMEs 95 5,017 -63 - - - 5,050
Equity - 3,525 - - - - 3,525
Total IRB approach 14,938 562,035 -3,678 - -1,008 - 573,295
Central governments or central banks - 2,080 - - - - 2,080
Regional governments or local authorities - - - - - - -
Public sector entities - - - - - - -
Multilateral development banks - - - - - - -
International organisations - - - - - - -
Institutions - 883 - - - - 883
Corporates 836 11,439 -150 - -36 - 12,125
Of which: SMEs 7 2,689 -6 - - - 2,690
Retail 596 5,096 -36 - - - 5,656
Of which: SMEs 161 3,609 -36 - - - 3,734
Secured by mortgages on immovable property - 5,505 -1 - - - 5,504
Of which: SMEs - 1,436 - - - - 1,436
Exposures in default 1,432 - -154 - -36 - 1,278
Items associated with particularly high risk - 5 - - - - 5
Covered bonds - - - - - - -
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment - - - - - - -
Collective investments undertakings - - - - - - -
Equity exposures - - - - - - -
Other exposures - - - - - - -
Total Standardised Approach 1,432 25,008 -187 - -36 - 26,253
Total 16,370 587,043 -3,865 - -1,044 190 599,549
Of which: Loans 15,750 481,029 -3,670 - -1,032 - 493,110
Of which: Debt securities - 18,736 - - - - 18,736
Of which: Off-balance sheet exposures 620 83,748 -189 - -12 - 84,178
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 41
Narrative template 11: The total defaulted portfolio decreased by
1.6bn, mainly in the international Standardized Approach
portfolio. This was due to the fact that ACCLM was reported on
FV as of 1 January 2018.
Template 12: EU CR1-B – Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types
Gross carrying values of
Amounts in millions of euros Defaultedexposures (a)
Non-defaultedexposures (b)
Specific creditrisk adjustment*
(c)
General creditrisk adjustment
(d)
Accumulatedwrite-offs**
Credit riskadjustment
charges of theperiod
Net values (a+b+c+d)
Food (animal) 3,182 35,988 -186 - -24 - 38,984
Food (vegetable) 2,213 42,044 -515 - -10 - 43,742
Industry 741 23,911 -358 - -46 - 24,295
Other F&A 732 34,596 -213 - -84 - 35,116
Services 6,724 110,841 -1,896 - -812 - 115,670
Central Government/Central Banks 1 88,622 -10 - - - 88,613
Banks 324 11,311 -27 - - - 11,608
Households 737 202,587 -274 - -14 - 203,050
Trade 1,714 37,144 -386 - -53 - 38,472
Total 16,370 587,043 -3,865 - -1,044 190 599,549
Narrative template 12: Impairment charges (credit risk adjustment
charges for the period) were low in 2018, and were spread over a
large variety of sectors. No specific concentration was observed.
Template 13: EU CR1-C – Credit quality of exposures by geography
Gross carrying values of
Amounts in millions of euros Defaultedexposures (a)
Non-defaultedexposures (b)
Specific creditrisk adjustment*
(c)
General creditrisk adjustment
(d)
Accumulatedwrite-offs**
Credit riskadjustment
charges of theperiod
Net values (a+b+c+d)
The Netherlands 11,930 401,194 -2,619 - -609 - 410,506
Other EU 965 52,283 -203 - -49 - 53,045
North America 1,144 70,955 -200 - -160 - 71,899
Latin America 1,412 14,622 -432 - -45 - 15,603
Asia 457 17,825 -331 - -156 - 17,952
Australia 439 28,867 -78 - -26 - 29,228
Other countries 23 1,296 -3 - - - 1,316
Total 16,370 587,043 -3,865 - -1,044 190 599,549
Narrative template 13: Impairment charges on financial assets
(credit risk adjustment charges for the period) were low for the
third year in a row. However, after three 6-months periods with
negative impairment charges (i.e. net releases), the second half
of 2018 showed net additions again. Main cause of this
movement was a number of defaults, a.o. in Asia and Latin
America, leading to substantial additions in specific allowances
(stage 3). Within Leasing an increase of net additions abroad was
observed in the second half of the year. At the same time, mainly
thanks to the well-performing economy, local Rabobanks in the
Netherlands showed net releases for the second year in a row.
Template 14: EU CR1-D – Ageing of past-due exposures
Amounts in millions of euros ≤ 30 days > 30 days ≤ 90 days > 90 days ≤ 180 days > 180 days ≤ 1 year > 1 year ≤ 5 years > 5 years
Loans 5,350 1,976 609 576 2,322 1,584
Debt securities - - - - -
Total exposures 5,350 1,976 609 576 2,322 1,584
Narrative template 14: A rise in past-due exposure was observed.
This was due to an improved reporting process, and the use of
newly introduced FINREP forms. These FINREP forms were the
basis for merging the columns 'between 30 and 60 days' and
'between 60 and 90 days', an also for an additional '>5 years'
category.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 42
Template 16: EU CR2-A – Changes in the stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments
Amounts in millions of euros Accumulated specific creditrisk adjustment
Accumulated general credit riskadjustment
Opening balance IAS 39 as at December 31 2017 5,490 -
Opening balance adjustment IFRS 9 implementation -973 -
Total impairment allowance IFRS as at January 1 2018 4,517 -
Increases due to origination and acquisition 373 -
Decreases due to derecognition -766 -
Changes due to change in credit risk (net) 720 -
Changes due to modifications without derecognition (net) - -
Changes due to update in the institutions methodology for estimation (net) - -
Decrease in allowance account due to write-offs -1,013 -
Other adjustments 34 -
Closing Balance 3,865 -
Recoveries of previously written-off amounts recorded directly to the statement of profit or loss -60 -
Amounts written-off directly to the statement of profit or loss 31 -
Narrative template 16: The table above deviates from the EBA
guidelines because of newly introduced FINREP forms and the
adoption of IFRS 9. In 2018 impairment charges on financial
assets were low for the third year in a row. For the Dutch portfolio
the impairment charges were negative for the second
consecutive year. The favourable economic development was the
key factor in this outcome, resulting in relatively few new
defaults, recovery of existing defaults or realisation of collateral
at better than expected collateral values, and release of a part of
the allowances for existing impaired clients due to increased
collateral values.
Template 17: EU CR2-B Changes in the stock of defaulted and impaired loans and debt securities
Amounts in millions of euros Gross carrying valuedefaulted exposures
Opening Balance as per 31 December 2017 17,961
Loans and debt securities that have defaulted or impaired since the last reporting period 4,024
Returned to non-defaulted status -1,173
Amounts written off -1,044
Other changes -3,398
Closing Balance as per 31 December 2018 16,370
Narrative template 17: A large part of the increase can be
explained by the implementation of the 'new Definition of
Default' for residential mortgages and retail SME. The substantial
amount in 'Other changes' is a.o. the result of the sale of a part
of the FGH Bank portfolio and the fact that the portfolio of ACCLM
has been reclassified and is now being accounted under fair value.
6.2.3. ForbearanceThe forbearance portfolio consists of Rabobank customers for
whom forbearance measures have been put in place, which
comprises of concessions to debtors facing or about to face
difficulties in meeting their financial commitments. A concession
refers to either of the following measures:
• Modification of the previous terms and conditions of a
contract for which the debtor is considered unable to comply
with due to its financial difficulties (i.e. troubled debt) to allow
for sufficient debt service ability that would not have been
granted had the debtor not been in financial difficulties.
• Total or partial refinancing of a troubled loan contract that
would not have been granted if the debtor had not been in
financial difficulties.
Examples include postponements of repayments and extensions
of the term of a facility. The rationale for the focus on this
portfolio derives from the concerns of the European supervisory
authorities about the deterioration of the quality of the portfolio
during the crisis; it was feared that forbearance measures might
camouflage this deterioration of the portfolio as debtors are able
to meet their financial obligations for longer periods as a result
of the concessions.
The identification of forbearance measures for the corporate
portfolio is based on the current Loan Quality Classification (LQC)
framework. This Rabobank framework divides the loan portfolio
into the categories: Good, OLEM, Substandard, Doubtful and
Loss. The three categories Substandard, Doubtful and Loss form
the classified portfolio. Forbearance measures only apply to this
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 43
classified portfolio. If forbearance measures are applied to a
debtor, the debtor is by definition dealt with by the FR&R
department. Items in the forbearance category must be reported
and monitored for up to two years after recovery. This period of
two years is referred to as ‘Forborne under probation’.
Template 15: EU CR1-E - Non performing and forborne exposures
Gross carrying amount of performing and non-performing exposures Accumulated impairment andprovisions and negative fair value
adjustments due to credit risk
Collaterals andfinancial
guaranteesreceived
Amounts in millions of euros
Grosscarrying
amount ofperforming
and non-performing
exposures
Of whichperforming
but pastdue > 30
days and ≤90 days
Of whichperforming
forborne
Of whichnon-
performingOf which
defaultedOf whichimpaired
Of whichforborne
Onperforming
exposures
Ofwhich
forborne
Onnon-
performingexposures
Ofwhich
forborne
Onnon-
performingexposures
Ofwhich
forborneexposures
Debt securities 18,736 104 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
Loans and advances 496,780 1,522 3,029 18,436 15,750 15,750 8,458 588 38 4,0961 1,847 11,317 6,991
Off-balance sheet exposures 84,367 - 199 872 620 - 205 41 1 68 7 63 -
1 Of which: 392 million due to accumulated negative changes in fair value due to credit risk
Narrative template 15: A 1.9 billion one-off increase in NPL stock
was reported at January 1, 2018 as a result of the prudent and
early application of the EBA ‘Definition of Default' guidelines. The
NPL stock was further affected by:
• A prudent write-off policy;
• Helping clients with ample prospects getting through tough
times;
• Relatively sizeable well collateralized portfolios with high
probability of recovery and improving prospects;
• A further decrease of NPL stock as a result of the favorable
economic environment and the sale of non-core CRE loan
exposure
The forborne portfolio is managed by FR&R as the clients
concerned have an LQC of Substandard, Doubtful or Loss.
Forborne loans decreased in 2018 to 11.5 billion (excluding
0.4 billion in forborne off-balance sheet expoures) due to better
market circumstances.
6.3 Specific Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) arises from the credit risk in
transactions such as repo and securities financing, and
derivatives. It is the risk that a counterparty will default on a
transaction prior to the expiration of the contract and will be
unable to make all contractual payments. In this section we
present disclosure requirements as set out in Article 439 of CRR
575/2013 and EBA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, both from a
qualitative and quantitative point of view.
During the first half of 2017 the European Central Bank Joint
Supervisory Team (JST) conducted an assessment on the
Counterparty Credit Risk internal model used for EAD calculation
in the context of the Targeted Review of Internal models (TRIM)
project. The purpose of the TRIM is to harmonise the use of
internal models across all banks and to check whether or not the
banks comply with relevant regulation. Out of the review a few
findings were brought to the attention of the bank. Actions
involving changes to models, systems and/or policies are taken
to close the findings within the timelines agreed with the
supervisor and expanding into 2019. Due to the findings,
Rabobank was required to apply a multiplier of 1.1 to the CCR and
CVA capital requirements.
6.3.1 Qualitative information CounterpartyCredit Risk and credit risk mitigation
This section captures requirements as set out in EBA guidelines
related to Table 3: EU CCRA – Qualitative disclosure requirements
related to CCR and Table 7: EU CRC – Qualitative disclosure
requirements related to CRM techniques in the context of
Counterparty Credit Risk exposures.
Risk Management objectives and policies CRR Art 435 (1) (a)Rabobank focusses its credit risk strategy on the following goals:
develop and implement a robust credit risk governance
framework; maintain a credit portfolio with a manageable risk
profile, defining and keeping exposures within acceptable risk/
reward ratios, making use of an efficient credit approval process.
The bank uses a comprehensive framework of basic principles for
credit risk management: policies, standards, guidelines, rules and
regulations and common practice. Risk Appetite Statements,
internal organization and credit approval, booking and reporting
processes are also an integral part of this framework.
Counterparty Credit Risk is managed based on this strategy and
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 44
framework. Specific credit procedures related to Counterparty
Credit Risk exposures are in place for risk management purposes
i.e. related to central counterparties (CCPs) and clearing brokers,
agency business, requirements based on counterparty sector or
tenors.
Credit limits on Counterparty Credit Risk exposures CRR Art439 (a)Exposures arising from Counterparty Credit Risk are subject to on-
going monitoring against specific limits set up at counterparty
level for derivatives and repo and securities financing products.
Checking against limits is also required prior to execution of any
new transaction. These limits are part of the overall credit limit of
a counterparty. The limits are determined by considering
parameters such as counterparty rating, close out netting
documentation, collateral documentation, product restrictions
and regulatory requirements. The amount of the limit is also
dependent on Rabobank’s overall risk appetite.
Internally Rabobank measures exposure as the replacement cost
at given time points over the life of the transaction under the
assumption that market rates move adversely. Rabobank uses a
Monte Carlo simulation at 97.5% confidence level for calculating
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) for the majority of the portfolio.
The exposure will take into account netting and collateral when
agreements are enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions.
Regulatory treatment of counterparty credit exposuresSince 2011 Rabobank uses the Internal Model Method (IMM) to
calculate Exposure-At-Default (EAD) for regulatory purposes for
the majority of the portfolio. Portfolios currently not under IMM
follow the Mark-to-Market method.
The same Monte Carlo simulation used to calculate PFE, is the
basis for EAD calculations under IMM. The IMM model has been
extended with a separate Credit Value Adjustment (CVA) capital
model. This model is based on the advanced CVA Risk
methodology. The CVA addresses potential deterioration in the
creditworthiness of a counterparty. Mitigation effects from
collateral and netting on Counterparty Credit Risk exposures are
incorporated when agreements are enforceable in the relevant
jurisdictions. Effect of collateral is recognised in derivatives as
well as repo and securities financing transactions within the
stochastic process for IMM calculations. Internal stochastic
models are validated and annually back tested by comparing the
simulated results with the realised results. Any observed
inefficiencies will be taken into account in the model
recalibration.
Wrong-way risk CRR Art 439 (c)Specific wrong-way risk arises when the exposure on derivatives
and repo and securities financing transactions is correlated with
the creditworthiness of the counterparty. General wrong-way risk
refers to the correlation of likelihood of default by counterparties
and is positively correlated with general market risk factors.
Internal policies dictate for certain products that correlations
between the counterparty and the underlying asset should be
avoided. Correlations between the counterparty exposure and
collateral posted should be avoided as well. As part of
Rabobank’s stress testing framework, wrong-way risk is addressed
for all counterparties by calibrating the parameters on a stressed
period with respect to our counterparties and assessing the
impact on their EAD. Next to this, qualitative (e.g. based on the
risk factor stress scenarios) and counterparty’s exposure profile
analyses are performed to gain additional insight into the general
wrong-way risk towards counterparties.
Impact of Rabobank rating downgrade on collateral CRR Art439 (d)The impact of a Rabobank rating downgrade for the Over-The-
Counter (OTC) derivatives is reported on a monthly basis from a
liquidity perspective. A rating downgrade could trigger additional
margin calls under existing netting agreements. The overall
impact is considered to be limited under current conditions. As
per December 2018 an one notch downgrade of Rabobank's
credit rating, as referenced in OTC derivative contracts, would
require the bank to post 28.1 million of additional collateral.
Counterparty Credit Risk Mitigation CRR Art 439 (b) / CRR Art453 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)Rabobank uses a wide range of credit mitigation techniques to
reduce Counterparty Credit Risk. Management of collateral is
detailed in specific procedures and controls for our Markets and
Treasury (Trading) units covering eligibility, calls, bookings,
monitoring or dispute resolution. Rabobank also monitors re-use
of collateral following requirements in CRR 575/2013.
In the case of derivatives, the principal form of credit mitigation
used is close out netting and collateral agreements. Rabobank has
a strong preference for the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association (ISDA) and Credit Support Annex (CSA) for derivative
portfolios. Where the counterparties are subject to bilateral
margining requirements by European Market Infrastructure
Regulation (EMIR) or Dodd-Frank Act (DFA), ISDA and CSA
agreements must be in place. For the purposes of exposure
calculation, only transactions governed by a clean netting/
collateral agreement, with a positive legal opinion from our legal
department, will be netted and subject to further reduction by
any collateral held under CSA clauses. Rabobank also uses a
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 45
number of other derivative risk mitigation techniques to limit
exposure or the tenor of specific trades, e.g. break clauses or MTM
resets. The setting of the main parameters of a collateral
agreement are geared to a low or zero threshold, daily margining,
and acceptable collateral being cash or highly rated government/
supra national debt paper (cash and AA- or better rated
government bonds). Collateral is valued in terms of market value
and haircuts are applied based on collateral type, residual
maturity and currency. At the end of the reporting year 96% of
bilateral derivative trades werecovered by means of documented
netting agreements, and 28% were also subject to CSA clauses.
Cash represented approximately 95% the total CSA collateral
received. Starting in 2017, Rabobank has moved to apply margin
rules on non-centrally cleared derivatives following EMIR
requirements and expects to introduce initial margin calls on
these deals by 2019.
Security finance transactions are entered into on a collateralized
basis with financial institutions (including pension funds) under
industry standard agreements (e.g. GMRA, GMSLA). Collateral
arrangements for repo and securities financing transactions are
evidenced under the terms of the legal master agreement and
embedded in the terms of each individual transaction. The type
of collateral to be held and the criteria to be adhered to are set
out in the credit procedure and monitored via the control
framework with a focus on: correlation between the counterparty
and the collateral (wrong-way risk); the liquidity of the collateral;
cash out limits on a counterparty basis; and collateral
concentration limitations. Collateral is posted either directly by/to
Rabobank or via an agent and is valued in terms of market value
where haircuts are used to absorb any market movements. Equity
collateral represents more than 60% of collateral received in this
type of deals, issued mainly by corporates in OECD countries.
Central counterparties (CCP)Rabobank is clearing an increasing number of trades via central
counterparties (CCP), either directly or via clearing brokers (37%
of derivatives with external parties are either cleared directly via
CCPs or via brokers). Where Rabobank trades Over-The-Counter
(OTC) products it is usually a direct member of the CCP. This
implies that besides the initial and variation margin Rabobank also
is required to contribute to the default fund. For most exchange-
traded products (ETP), Rabobank has a ‘non-clearing member’
(NCM) CCP status. This means that Rabobank is required to use
clearing brokers in order to clear the trades via a CCP and is
required to post initial and variation margin to the clearing broker.
6.3.2 Quantitative informationCounterparty Credit Risk and credit riskmitigation
Template 25: EU CCR1 - Analysis of CCR exposure by approachCRR Art 439 (f)Template 25 provides an overview of EAD and RWA related to
exposures subject to the Counterparty Credit Risk framework
(excluding CVA and exposures cleared through CCP). As
mentioned, Rabobank uses the IMM approach for the majority of
the portfolio, with some exposures under the Mark-to-Market
method. Collateral in case of repo and securities financing
transaction exposures is modelled within the IMM process,
therefore, no amounts are reported under the Simple,
Comprehensive or VaR method in the template below. Rabobank
makes use of the multiplier prescribed in CRR (α = 1.4).
Template 25: EU CCR1 - Analysis of CCR exposure by approach
Amounts in million of euros NotionalReplacementcost/ currentmarket value
Potential futurecredit exposure EEPE Multiplier EAD / Post CRM RWAs
Mark to market 1,285 110 1,395 481
Original exposure
Standardised approach
IMM (for derivatives and SFTs) 4,627 1.4 6,478 1,963
Of which securities financing transactions 615 1.4 860 85
Of which derivatives and long settlementtransactions 4,013 1.4 5,618 1,878
Of which from contractual cross-product netting
Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)
Financial collateral comprehensive method (forSFTs)
VaR for SFTs
Total 1,285 110 4,627 7,873 2,444
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 46
In the course of the year RWA dropped by 26%, driven by our
Domestic Retail Banking business due to the maturity of existing
contracts. No other changes in the year have a material impact
in terms of total EAD under the Internal Model Method as
exposures are in most of the cases subject to netting and
collateralisation. The IMM line item is inclusive of the 1.1
multiplier, which has to be applied to our capital requirements
following the TRIM on-site.
Template 26: EU CCR2 – CVA capital chargeFor OTC derivatives credit valuation adjustments (CVA) are made
to reflect expected credit losses related to the non-performance
risk of a given counterparty. A CVA is determined per
counterparty and is dependent on expected future exposure
taking into account collateral, netting agreements and other
relevant contractual factors, default probability and recovery
rates. The CVA calculation is based on available market data
including credit default swap (CDS) spreads. Where CDS spreads
are not available relevant proxies are used. Rabobank uses the
CVA advanced approach, as required to institutions using IMM
model for CCR and Market Risk VaR. CVA is calculated for required
counterparties using the most conservative stress period and
based on 10-day credit spread shocks, applying a 99% confidence
interval and a 10-day equivalent holding period.
Template 26: EU CCR2 - CVA capital charge
Amounts in million of euros Exposurevalue RWAs
Total portfolios subject to the advanced method 2,078 887
(i) VaR component (including the 3× multiplier) 100
(ii) SVaR component (including the 3× multiplier) 787
All portfolios subject to the standardised method
Based on the original exposure method
Total subject to the CVA capital charge 2,078 887
The drop in CVA Capital is due to the effect of the scenarios
underlying the computation, becoming less extreme under last
year's market conditions, compared to the ones used in the
previous year. As required by JST as part of the Counterparty
Credit Risk TRIM on-site, the capital figures have been multiplied
by 1.1. This reduces most of the decrease.
Template 27: EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPsRabobank clears mainly derivatives but also repo and securities
financing transactions deals through major CCPs, recognised as
Qualifying Central Counterparty by European Securities and
Market Authority (ESMA). The bank makes use of the ‘alternative
calculation’ method prescribed in CRR Article 310 of EU
Regulation 575/2013 and applies a minimum floor of 5 million
scaled by 1.1 following TRIM on-site (69 million RWA) on the own
funds requirements to these exposures. In the template below,
EAD value of trade exposures and funded default contribution is
also presented for information purposes only as the capital charge
is captured in the floor amount (RWA remain blank in the
template). Initial margin posted to CCPs is kept in bankruptcy
remote accounts and therefore does not represent exposure.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 47
Template 27: EU CCR8 - Exposures to CCPs
Amounts in million of euros EAD post CRM RWAs
Exposures to QCCPs (total) 69
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which 167
(i) OTC derivatives 127
(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives 33
(iii) SFTs 7
(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved -
Segregated initial margin -
Non-segregated initial margin -
Prefunded default fund contributions 83
Alternative calculation of own funds requirements for exposures 69
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
(i) OTC derivatives
(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
(iii) SFTs
(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
Segregated initial margin
Non-segregated initial margin
Prefunded default fund contributions
Alternative calculation of own funds requirements for exposures
Template 28: EU CCR3 – Standardised approach – CCRexposures by regulatory portfolio and riskStandardised Approach is applied in exceptional cases to
exposures where no PD and LGD models are available. The
exposures can be considered not material, representing just 1%
of RWA under Counterparty Credit Risk framework. It concerns
mainly exposures to Corporate SMEs and Retail. The template
below presents EAD amounts per Risk Weight applied.
Template 28: EU CCR3 - STD approach - CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk
Risk Weight
Amounts in million ofeuros 0% 2% 4% 10% 20% 50% 70% 75% 100% 150% Others Total Of which
unrated
Central governments orcentral banks - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Regional government orlocal authorities - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Public sector entities - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Multilateraldevelopment banks - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Internationalorganisations - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Institutions - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Corporates - - - - - - - - 16 - - 16 16
Retail - - - - - - - 9 - 1 - 10 10
Institutions andcorporates with a short-term credit assessment
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
Other items - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Total - - - - - - - 9 16 1 - 27 27
Template 29: EU CCR4 – IRB approach – CCR exposures byregulatory portfolio and PD scaleThe following template presents exposures treated under Internal
Ratings Based Approach. Rabobank uses the Advanced Method
for these exposures using own estimates for PD and LGD
parameters. The figures on the next page do not include
exposures to CCPs or CVA charges.
An increased number of derivatives with Central Governments
or Central Banks (CGCB) led to an 44% increase in the EAD.
Maturing interest rate swap contracts with Corporates in our
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 48
Domestic Retail Banking business segment caused a 13%
decrease in EAD and a 1% decline in RWA in this portfolio. The
reduction in RWA is lower, given the higher average risk weight
for these derivatives. The reduction on Interest Rate Swap with
Financial Institutions did not have a material effect on EAD or
RWA.
Template 29: EU CCR4 - IRB approach - CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale
Amountsin million ofeuros
PD Scale EAD / Post CRM Average PD Number ofobligors Average LGD Average
maturity RWAs RWA density
CGCB 0.00 to <0.15 883 0.0% 31 6.2% 3.10 4 0.5%
CGCB 0.15 to <0.25 45 0.2% 3 48.6% 1.00 16 36.3%
CGCB 0.25 to <0.50 18 0.5% 3 41.1% 0.13 9 49.8%
CGCB 0.50 to <0.75 1 0.7% 1 44.0% 1.00 0 66.4%
CGCB 0.75 to <2.50 5 1.1% 1 72.0% 1.00 6 130.5%
CGCB 2.50 to <10.00
CGCB 10.00 to <100.00
CGCB 100.00 (Default)
CGCB* Subtotal 950 0.0% 39 9.2% 2.94 36 3.8%
Corporates 0.00 to <0.15 996 0.1% 306 25.7% 3.23 390 39.2%
Corporates 0.15 to <0.25 496 0.2% 162 25.7% 3.72 158 31.8%
Corporates 0.25 to <0.50 615 0.4% 592 28.2% 3.48 277 45.0%
Corporates 0.50 to <0.75 339 0.7% 422 27.2% 3.89 201 59.3%
Corporates 0.75 to <2.50 532 1.3% 1,386 23.0% 3.48 297 55.8%
Corporates 2.50 to <10.00 267 4.1% 1,311 24.9% 4.03 205 76.6%
Corporates 10.00 to <100.00 17 15.8% 63 48.3% 4.74 41 243.8%
Corporates 100.00 (Default) 102 100.0% 470 9.3% 4.66 27 26.1%
Corporates Subtotal 3,365 3.8% 4,712 25.4% 3.57 1,595 47.4%
Institutions 0.00 to <0.15 3,398 0.1% 340 32.2% 1.94 685 20.2%
Institutions 0.15 to <0.25 58 0.2% 26 53.0% 1.47 33 57.1%
Institutions 0.25 to <0.50 64 0.4% 30 49.6% 1.97 51 80.2%
Institutions 0.50 to <0.75 8 0.7% 18 68.4% 0.93 8 103.3%
Institutions 0.75 to <2.50 2 1.1% 11 59.4% 1.79 3 140.1%
Institutions 2.50 to <10.00 0 5.8% 4 8.0% 1.30 0 31.2%
Institutions 10.00 to <100.00 2 14.9% 2 68.8% 3.18 9 416.5%
Institutions 100.00 (Default)
Institutions Subtotal 3,531 0.1% 431 32.9% 1.93 789 22.3%
Total 7,847 1.7% 5,182 26.8% 2.76 2,419 30.8%
* CGCB – Central Government or Central Banks
Template 30: EU CCR7 – RWA flow statements of CCRexposures under the IMMTemplate 30 describes the change of RWA and Capital
requirements due to certain predefined categories. It shows that
there were no model updates, methodology updates nor
acquisitions or disposals which had any impact on RWA. The JST
on-site Counterparty Credit Risk TRIM led to the application of a
1.1 multiplier. This multiplier is included in the category “Other”.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 49
Template 30: EU CCR7 – RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under the IMM
Amounts in million of euros RWA amounts Capital requirements
RWAs as at the end of the previous reporting period 1,933 155
Asset size 14 1
Credit quality of counterparties -155 -12
Model updates (IMM only) - -
Methodology and policy (IMM only) - -
Acquisitions and disposals - -
Foreign exchange movements -13 -1
Other 184 15
RWAs as at the end of the current reporting period 1,963 157
Template 31: EU CCR5-A – Impact of netting and collateralheld on exposure values CRR Art 439 (e)Template 31 provides a quantitative analysis of counterparty
credit risk that arises from derivatives repo and securities
financing transactions. The table shows Rabobanks's notional
derivatives exposure, including whether these derivatives are
OTC or traded on recognized exchanges. For OTC derivatives also
the amount is shown, which is settled via a CCP. For repos and
securities financing transactions the collateral benefit is taken into
account in the Positive or Negative Fair Value. Therefore the
Netted Current Credit Exposure equals the Net Credit Exposure.
Financial term Definition
Gross positive fairvalue
Sum of all aggregate positive MTM values for each counterparty in each netting agreement before any benefit is given for offsetting negative MTMvalues in the same netting pool. Prudent Valuation Adjustments are not taken into consideration, since they are applied on total level againstcapital, not on trade level.
Netting benefits The netting benefits applicable to each netting agreement are derived by referencing the impact of negative MTM values but only to the extentthat positive MTM exists. Netting benefit recognised only when a legally enforceable netting agreement is in place.
Netted current creditexposure
The gross positive fair value less netting benefits for each netting agreement.
Collateral held The offset arising from collateral held to collateralize the netted current credit exposure is quantified on a netting pool basis. Collateral benefit isonly recorded for collateral held and only to the extent that positive netted current credit exposure exists. Collateral consists of cash and eligiblesecurities. Collateral is modelled using the Internal Model Method to calculate EAD.
Collateral held withno impact on theexposure
Collateral held in excess of the positive net current exposure with no further effect on the exposure (over-collateralization).
Net credit exposure The netted current credit exposure less the collateral benefit for each netting agreement produces the net credit exposure. Net credit exposurecontains as well non-bankruptcy remote Initial Margin placed for exchange traded products and CCPS. Over collateral posted as part of CSAagreements is also captured here.
EAD Exposure At Default as calculated and reported following CRR guidelines, using the Mark-to-Market method or Internal Model Method.
Template 31: EU CCR5-A – Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values
Amounts in million of euros
Gross positivefair value or net
carryingamount
Nettingbenefits
Netted currentcredit exposure
Collateralheld
Collateralheldwith noimpactonexposure
Net creditexposure Notional
Derivatives 81,810 72,273 9,537 6,711 245 3,272 3,515,064
Derivatives - CCP 60,281 60,255 27 1 - 27 2,614,023
Derivatives - ETP 230 177 52 - - 338 104,230
Derivatives - under netting agreements 21,093 11,841 9,252 6,709 245 2,701 785,092
Derivatives - Gross 206 - 206 - - 206 11,720
Repo / SFTs 15,515 14,998 518 - - 518 -
Repo/STF - under netting agreement 15,515 14,998 518 - - 518 -
Repo/SFT - gross - - - - - - -
Total 97,326 87,271 10,055 6,711 245 3,790 3,515,064
Compared to end 2017 there is an increase on the notional of
derivatives with CCPs, which is in line with the obligation of
Rabobank to centrally clear derivatives, where required.
Template 32: EU CCR5-B – Composition of collateral forexposures to Counterparty Credit RiskBelow an overview is given of the fair value of collateral posted
or received to mitigate exposures arising from Counterparty
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 50
Credit Risk, broken down by the type of collateral. The reported
figures for derivatives include collateral in the form of variation
margin on transactions cleared through CCP or brokers, initial
margin to CCPs and collateral on Credit Support Annex and
equivalent agreements, regardless whether exposure is over-
collateralised. The amounts reported under segregated headings
as per CRR Article 300, capture initial margin posted to CCPs in
bankruptcy remote accounts.
Template 32: EU CCR5-B - Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR
Amounts in million of euros Collateral used in derivativetransactions
Collateral usedin SFTs
Fair value of collateralreceived
Fair value of postedcollateral
Fair value ofcollateral received
Fair value ofposted collateral
SegregatedUnsegregated SegregatedUnsegregated
Cash - 6,638 - 10,305 301 15,335
Equity - - - - 17,316 8,456
Debt Security - Government - 336 491 2,338 6,201 4,765
Debt Security - Non-Government - - 85 - 4,936 531
Total - 6,974 575 12,643 28,755 29,087
Collateral requirements depend on the market conditions
transaction volumes of financial counterparties. In 2018 our
activities focussed predominantly on CCPs and counterparties
with CSAs. For derivatives, markets moved in a favourable way for
Rabobank, leading to higher collateral received and lower
collateral posted. Also, initial margin declined by 44%. With regard
to security financing transactions, both received and posted
collateral went down. This was driven by a shift in collateral from
equity to debt securities. Overall, collateral received decreased
by 6% and posted collateral by 5%.
Template 33: EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures CRR Art439 (g) (h)Rabobank is a very small player in the credit derivatives market
as a net purchaser of credit risk protection for exposure hedging
and does not participate in intermediation activities related to
credit derivatives. Rabobank's counterparties are large
international financial institutions rated from A+ to BBB+. In
principle we do not engage with corporate or government
counterparties on such deals. All bought CDS are index CDS.
Rabobank prefers entering into the most liquid CDS. When a new
series is more liquid, we close out the previous series.
In case Rabobank engages in single name CDS, correlation
between the reference asset and the counterparty is avoided and
liquidity is sought by using market convention standards and
liquid underlying referenced assets. The figures below represent
the notional amount of credit derivatives subject to the
Counterparty Credit Risk framework on a gross basis.
Template 33: EU CCR6 - Credit derivatives exposures
Amounts in million of euros Credit derivative hedges Other credit derivatives
Protection bought Protection sold
Notionals
Single-name credit default swaps - - -
Index credit default swaps 45 - -
Total return swaps - - -
Credit options - - -
Other credit derivatives - - -
Total notionals 45 - -
Fair values
Positive fair value (asset) 1 - -
Negative fair value (liability) - - -
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 51
6.4 Developments in Loan Portfolios
Residential Mortgage Loans
The Housing MarketFollowing record sales in 2017, 2018 saw transaction activity
decline by almost 10%. Prices kept rising though, with residential
properties in the Netherlands 9% more expensive than a year
earlier. That is the strongest price growth since 2001.
Mortgage Loan Portfolio Decreased by 3.1 billionRabobank’s share of the Dutch mortgage market decreased to
19.9% (2017: 22.0%) of new mortgage production up till Q3
20181. The local Rabobanks’ market share dropped to 16.7%
(2017: 18.0%) and Obvion’s decreased to 3.2% (2017: 4.0%). The
quality of Rabobank’s residential mortgage loan portfolio
remained high thanks to the positive developments in the Dutch
economy and the strong domestic housing market. In 2018,
financing backed by the National Mortgage Guarantee (Nationale
Hypotheek Garantie, (NHG)) slightly decreased to 19.4% of the
mortgage loan portfolio. The weighted average indexed loan-to-
value (LTV) of the mortgage loan portfolio was 64% at the end of
2018. Net additions relating to residential mortgage loans
amounted to -29 million (-1.5 basis points) in 2018, which is lower
than last year. Improved asset quality helped keep impairment
charges low.
Residential Mortgage Loans
31 December2018
31 December2017
Mortgage portfolio 190,008 193,110
Weighted-average LTV 64% 69%
Non-performing loans (amount) 2,057 1,112
Non-performing loans (in % of total mortgageloan portfolio) 1.08% 0.58%
More-than-90-days arrears 0.30% 0.34%
Share NHG portfolio 19.4% 20.0%
Impairment allowances on financial assets 209 169
Coverage ratio based on non-performing loans 10% 15%
Net additions -29 12
Net additions (in basis points, including non-recurring effects) -1.5 1
Write-offs 42 77
The non-performing loans of the mortgage portfolio were higher
than at year-end 2017. This is the result of the introduction of the
new Definition of Default, which recognizes possible default
situations earlier. Aside from this one-off increase, the underlying
trend of the credit quality is positive.
6.5 Country Risk
With respect to country risk, a distinction is made between
collective debtor risk and transfer risk. Collective debtor risk is the
risk that a large number of debtors in a particular country will all
be unable to fulfil their obligations owing to the same cause, (e.g.
war, political or social unrest, natural disasters, or government
policy that fails to create macro economic and financial stability).
Transfer risk is the risk that payments in non-local currency could
in any way be hindered or prohibited due to insufficient
availability of non-local currency financial resources (economic
transfer risk), and/or to unwillingness of the government (political
transfer risk) to permit the non-local currency outflow of financial
resources.
Rabobank uses a country limit system to manage collective
debtor risk and transfer risk. After careful review, relevant
countries are given an internal country risk rating, after which,
general limits and transfer limits are set. Transfer limits are
introduced based on the net transfer risk, which is defined as
total loans granted less loans granted in local currency,
guarantees, other collateral obtained to cover transfer risk and a
deduction related to the reduced weighting of specific products.
The limits are allocated to the local business units, which are
themselves responsible for the day-to-day monitoring of loans
that have been granted and for reporting on this to the Risk
Management function. At Rabobank Group level, the country risk
outstanding is reported to the Country Limit Committee (CLC).
Special Basel II parameters, specifically EATE (Exposure at Transfer
Event), PTE (Probability of Transfer Event) and LGTE (Loss Given
Transfer Event), are used to calculate the additional capital
requirement for transfer risk. These calculations are made in
accordance with internal guidelines and cover all countries where
transfer risk is relevant.
Based on the concept of country of ultimate risk, the collective
debtor risk for non-industrial non-OECD countries stood at 26.5
(2017: 23.4) billion at year-end 2018. The net ultimate transfer risk
before allowances for these countries amounted to 16.4 (2017:
13.9) billion at year-end 2018, which corresponds to 2.8% (2017:
2.3%) of total assets. Total assets were 590.4 (2017: 603.0) billion.
The total allowance for ultimate country risk amounted to 526
(2017: 354), which corresponds to 13.6% (2017: 6.5%) of the total
allowance of 3,865 (2017: 5,490).
1 Source: Dutch Land Registry Office (Kadaster); following data issues at CBS the September mortgage shares are the most recent available
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 52
Table 6.5.1: Ultimate Risk in Non-Industrial Non-OECD Countries
31 December 2018
Regions Europe Africa Latin America Asia/Pacific TotalAs % of total
assets
Ultimate country risk (exclusive of derivatives)1 413 614 12,286 13,148 26,497 4.5
- of which in local currency exposure 259 4 6.909 2.909 10,081
Net ultimate country risk before allowance 153 610 5,377 10,276 16,416 2.8
As % of total allowance
Total allowance for ultimate country risk 2 - 261 262 526 13.6
31 December 2017
Regions Europe Africa Latin America Asia/Pacific TotalAs % of total
assets
Ultimate country risk (exclusive of derivatives)1 571 695 10,706 11,475 23,447 3.9
- of which in local currency exposure 248 6 6,410 2,853 9,518
Net ultimate country risk before allowance 323 688 4,296 8,622 13,929 2.3
As % of total allowance
Total allowance for ultimate country risk 1 - 148 204 354 6.5
1 Total assets after third party coverage, plus guarantees issued and unused committed credit facilities
Given the political developments in the UK (Brexit) and Italy the
exposure in these countries are monitored intensively.
Since the failed coup attempt in July 2016 a more restrictive
country risk policy towards Turkey was introduced and
monitoring has been intensified. This policy is still applicable in
view of the sharp slowdown in economic activity, after the Lira
crisis in 2018.
Despite the economic crisis in Argentina our portfolio that is
focused on existing export oriented F&A clients was not affected.
6.6 Equities in the Banking Book
Total exposure value as per 31 December 2018 of equities in
banking books amounted to 3,525, resulting in a capital
requirement of 718.
Table 6.6.1 shows Rabobank’s equity holdings outside the trading
book based on the purpose of the ownership. All equities in the
investment portfolio are stated at fair value. Published price
quotations in an active market are the best evidence of fair value,
and if they exist they are used to measure the value of financial
assets and financial liabilities. For equities with no published price
quotations, fair values are estimated based on appropriate price/
earnings ratios, and adjusted to reflect the specific circumstances
of the respective issuers. Strategic investments are recognised in
accordance with the equity method. With this method,
Rabobank’s share in the profit or loss of an associate – subject to
Rabobank’s accounting policies – (after the acquisition) is
recognised in profit or loss, and its share in the changes in
revaluation reserves after the acquisition is recognised in
Rabobank's revaluation reserves. Any post-acquisition changes
are taken to the cost of the investment.
Table 6.6.1: Overview of Equities in the Banking Book
Exposure valueRisk-weighted
exposure amount Capital requirement
Cumulativeunrealised gains/
lossesGains/losses realised
in the period
Investment portfolio 1.433 4.142 331 71 16
Strategic investment 2.092 4.836 387 187 1
Total 3.525 8.978 718 258 17
Included in the total exposure value, 779 relates to private equity
exposures in sufficiently diversified portfolios (190% risk weight),
2,163 relates to exposures in significant financial institutions
(250% risk weight), 81 relates to exchange traded equity
exposures (290% risk weight) and 502 to all other equity
exposures (370% risk weight). The exchange traded equity
exposures compose of equity investments in foreign credit
institutions. No material differences exist between the carrying
value and the market price of these exchange traded equity
exposures.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 53
Rabobank uses securitisations in its long-term funding and capital strategy. Therefore Rabobank isactive in own asset securitisation, sponsor transactions and investor transactions., where the activitiesemployed did not significantly change compared to the prior year.
A securitisation is a transaction or scheme, whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure orpool of exposures of interest producing assets is tranched. The payments to investor are dependentupon the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures and the subordination of the tranches .Therefore, Rabobank sometimes sells financial assets to a Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) that issuessecurities to investors.
Rabobank follows IFRS with regard to recognition and derecognition of assets and liabilities and theconsolidation of SPVs. Investor positions in securitisations issued by other originators than Rabobankare classified as financial assets. Assets which could be securitised in the near future with the objectiveto derecognise assets and release regulatory capital in the near future are still accounted for in thebanking book, as it is uncertain if and when those assets will be securitised. Assets that are securitisedfor funding purposes remain on the balance sheet. Further details of the Rabobank accountingpolicies with regard to securitisation transactions and the recognition of gains or losses on sales areprovided in the Rabobank Group Consolidated Financial Statements 2018, note 2.9 Accounting policySecuritisations and (de)recognition of financial assets and liabilities and note 53 Structured entities.The accounting policy for recognising a provision (if any) to provide financial support for securitisedassets is covered in note 2.21 Provisions.
As per 31 December 2018, Rabobank does not hold resecuritisation positions.
7.1 Own Asset Securitisation(Originator Role)
Within Rabobank, own asset securitisation is used by Obvion
(STORM and STRONG RMBS programmes), DLL (US ABS
Programmes and LEAP) and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A.
(traditional securitisation of Dutch mortgages and synthetic
securitisations of loans to corporates and SMEs). As per
31 December 2018 Rabobank had four own asset securitisation
programs that achieve significant risk transfer for a total amount
of EUR 5.9 billion. These are, together with the own asset
securitisations that do not achieve significant risk transfer (SRT),
classified as originator securitisation exposures. In 2018, there
were no material gains or losses on the sale of securitisation
exposures.
One securitisation transaction (Retained RMBS program BEST
2010) is set up to improve liquidity ratios and create collateral for
the ECB. This transaction does not mitigate credit risk exposure
and is retained by Rabobank in full, and Rabobank is still holding
capital for the underlying assets amounting to EUR 50 billion as
per 31 December 2018.
The securitisation transactions concluded by Rabobank are
compliant with the European Capital Requirements Regulations
(CRR) on solvency requirements for credit risk. Compliance with
the Regulation is documented and signed-off by the internal
7. Securitisation
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 54
Legal department and the Control department. Own asset
securitisation transactions can be initiated by subsidiaries and at
Group level. All transactions received an approval of the ALCO
Group.
For transactions originated after January 1, 2011, compliance with
CRR (CRD IV) is warranted by a) retaining the first loss positions
and, if necessary, other tranches with the same or more severe
risk positions than those transferred or sold to investors with a
minimum of 5% of securitised assets or randomly selected assets
that would otherwise have been securitised or b) retaining 5% of
the notes placed with external investors. For traditional own
assets securitisations a certain amount of liquidity risk is retained
by Rabobank by acting as liquidity facility provider. Contingent
liquidity risk in securitisation swaps has been identified and is
taken into account in the liquidity risk management framework,
see also Chapter 10 Liquidity Risk.
Given the current rating of Rabobank Group, the role as an
account bank is also fulfilled by Rabobank. The processes in place
to monitor the changes in credit risk of securitised assets do not
differ from those to extend credit for non-securitised assets. See
Chapter 6 Credit Risk for more information. Interest rate risk for
own asset securitisation positions are monitored and if needed
are hedged.
7.2 Sponsor Transactions
Rabobank supports Nieuw Amsterdam Receivables Corporation
B.V., which issues Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP) in
various currencies and provides Rabobank’s core corporate
customers access to liquidity via the commercial paper market
instead of financing by Rabobank. The ABCP of Nieuw Amsterdam
carries short-term ratings of A-1/P-1 based on the credit and
liquidity support provided by Rabobank and the quality of the
transactions that are funded in Nieuw Amsterdam. The conduit
provides loans to an SPV set up by Rabobank or clients of
Rabobank and finances these pools in the ABCP market. As a
sponsor, the bank manages/advises on the program, places ABCP
in the market, and provides liquidity and credit risk
enhancements and other facilities to underlying transactions and
to the conduit itself and holds as a minimum 5% risk retention.
When a pool of assets is structured a risk assessment takes place
based on rating agency criteria for that asset type. The pool of
assets is structured to a certain overcollateralization level
dependent on the desired level of creditworthiness for the
transaction. The risk drivers and their importance vary per
transaction, for example different asset types: the risk drivers for
trade receivables are different to those for credit card loans. Even
within asset types there can be much variance: within trade
receivables the payment terms could vary as well as the dilution
risks. In addition to a quantitative assessment, a qualitative risk
assessment of the whole transaction takes place. This assessment
looks at the whole structure besides the quality of the assets. The
total funding size of Nieuw Amsterdam was EUR 6.6 billion as per
31 December 2018.
Rabobank underwrites sponsor transactions in close consultation
with Rabobank's Risk Management function and theLegal
department. The bank conducts pre-closing due diligence and
collateral audits on the customers, their servicing operations (e.g.
credit and collection policies, management information systems,
disaster recovery) and on their origination and supply chains.
Rabobank either engages external audit firms or makes use of the
Rabobank collateral inspection teams. All transactions are subject
to approval by requisite deal, business, and credit committees.
When necessary, the tax, control and compliance departments
are involved upfront.
Rabobank monitors each transaction on a continuous basis. At a
minimum, clients provide servicing reports on a monthly basis.
These reports provide overall assessments of the performance of
the overall portfolio that is being financed and determine key
trends in terms of delinquency, default and dilution data. The
reports also determine compliance with transaction parameters,
triggers, financial covenants, and the borrowing base.
On at least an annual basis, each client transaction undergoes an
assessment, in accordance with standard Rabobank credit
policies and procedures. Each review or approval will be subject
to an analysis of and supplemented with an opinion of Risk
Management Financial Markets before submissione to the
relevant Credit Committee. Depending on the size of the
transaction, final credit approval is required from the authorized
Credit Committee Rabobank.
Nieuw Amsterdam produces an Investor- and Rating Agency
report on a monthly basis. In these reports detailed information
on the underlying transactions and their assets is given to
investors, who buy the ABCP, and to the Rating Agencies, who
provide for each structuring and restructuring of the transactions
Rating Affirmation Confirmation (RAC).
7.3 Investor Transactions
As investor, Rabobank operates in the securitisation market as a
arranger, book runner and provider of ancillary products such as
liquidity facilities, swaps and current accounts. In this context
Rabobank holds a portfolio of senior tranches in trade receivable
securitisations and a very limited number of senior tranches of
ABS in its run-off portfolio. The liquidity facilities for securitisation
transactions (mostly Dutch RMBS) rank senior to any payment to
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 55
note holders and, as such, the credit risk is limited. After a
downgrade of Rabobank below a certain rating trigger (typically
long-term A-), the liquidity facilities must be replaced by other
parties. Contingent liquidity risk in liquidity facilities has been
identified and taken into account in the liquidity risk
management framework. For all swap transactions of Rabobank
with SPVs, the market risk position is fully hedged with opposite
swaps. As such, the market risk related to these swaps only
becomes relevant after a default of a party providing the hedge
to Rabobank. Credit risk on the SPVs is limited due to a senior
position over payments to note holders. Contingent liquidity risk
in securitisation swaps has been identified and is also taken into
account in the liquidity risk management framework.
Rabobank has procedures in place, ensuring compliance of its
investor transactions with due diligence and minimum retention
requirements These entail the involvement of our Risk
Management function as well as our Credit, Legal and/or Tax
departments. Depending on the size of the transaction, final
credit approval is required from the authorized Credit Committee
Rabobank.
All the individual 'investor' securities, liquidity and swap facilities
are subject to an annual credit review. For swap transactions, the
underlying market risk in the portfolios is monitored closely with
typically daily valuation. Transaction analysis is based on trustee
reports, rating agency reports and industry-wide reports. From
these reports information is gathered on the overall performance
of the transaction, the development of credit enhancement,
trends in delinquencies and defaults, and performance versus
trigger levels.
7.4 Regulatory Capital Approaches
All of Rabobank’s securitisation positions in own asset
securitisation transactions and investor positions are reported
using the Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach. For investor
positions the Rating Based Method is applied. For Corporate
Tranched Purchased Receivables, Rabobank applies the
Supervisory Formula Approach. Market risk is reported using the
Standardised Approach. To determine regulatory capital
Rabobank uses the following External Credit Assessment
Institutions (ECAIs): Fitch Ratings, S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s
Investors Service and DBRS Ratings Limited. These ECAIs are used
for all investor, sponsor and trading book positions.
The Internal Assessment Approach (IAA) has been approved and
rolled out for Nieuw Amsterdam transactions. Solvency
calculations for a given transaction aredependent on the
protections built into each transaction and the funding
requirements for the liquidity facility. IAA calculations should be
confirmed with Risk Management Financial Markets early in the
renewal process so that accurate solvency calculations are used.
This methodology is used to assign a risk weight to a securitisation
exposure in the event that a direct rating based approach or
inferred rating based approach cannot be used and is only
applicable to exposures within an ABCP. The outcome of the IAA
is an internal rating for the liquidity facilities. Nieuw Amsterdam
and the underlying transactions are analysed, and the
commercial paper is rated by the rating agencies (Moody’s
Investor Service and S&P Global Ratings). For a more detailed
explanation on the liquidity facilities please see section 7.2 above.
When a pool of assets is structured and placed in the conduit, new
commercial paper is issued. The specific pool is fully supported
by the liquidity facility.
7.5 Risk Measurement
Table 7.5.1: Total outstanding exposure securitised byRabobank and subject to the securitisation framework byexposure type
Amounts in millions of euros Ownassets
Thirdparty
assets(sponsor
deals)
Total
Traditional securitisations
- Residential mortgages 69,511 - 69,511
- Loans to corporates or SMEs - 6,594 6,594
- Leasing 3,651 - 3,651
Subtotal 73,162 6,594 79,756
Synthetic securitisations
- Corporate loans 5,103 - 5,103
Total portfolio 78,265 6,594 84,859
Table 7.5.2: Impaired/past-due assets securitised by Rabobankand losses, broken down by exposure type
Amounts in millions of euros Past due Losses
Traditional securitisations
- Residential mortgages 64.0 -65.5
- Loans to corporates or SMEs - -
- Leasing 7.9 -10.5
Subtotal 71.9 -76.0
Synthetic securitisations
- Corporate loans 0.1 -2.5
Total portfolio 72.0 -78.5
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 56
Table 7.5.3: Aggregate amount of securitisation exposure retained or purchased, broken down by exposure type
Amounts in millions of euros Banking book on-balance
Banking book off-balance
Trading book On-balance
Total
Traditional securitisations
- Residential mortgages - 83 83
- Loans to corporates or SMEs - - -
- Leasing - - -
Subtotal - 83 83
Synthetic securitisations
- Loans to corporates or SMEs 4,805 - 4,805
Subtotal 4,805 - 4,805
Sponsored positions - 6,594 6,594
Investor positions 2,645 533 1 3,179
Total 7,450 7,210 1 14,661
Table 7.5.4: Aggregate amount of securitisation exposure retained or purchased and the associated IRB capital charges
Amounts in millions of euros IAA approach IRB approach STD approach Total exposure Of which:resecuritisation
Total exposure inthe trading book
Regulatorycapital charges
before cap
Risk weight bands
≤ 10% 3,651 7,173 1 10,826 - 1 90
> 10% ≤ 20% 2,414 326 - 2,739 - - 32
> 20% ≤ 35% 297 165 - 462 - - 10
> 35% ≤ 100% 41 561 - 602 - - 28
> 100% ≤ 850% - 2 - 2 - - -
6,403 8,227 1 14,631 - 1 160
Unrated
Deduction own funds - - - 30 - - -
Total 6,403 8,227 1 14,661 - 1 160
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 57
Operational Risk (OpRisk) is an integral part of doing business. Operational Risk Management (ORM)within Rabobank is aimed at having a healthy balance between the exposure to these risks andmanaging these risks. The objective of ORM is to identify, measure, mitigate and monitor operationalrisks, and promote risk awareness and a healthy risk culture within Rabobank. Within Rabobank,operational risk is defined as the risk of losses resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes,people and systems or from external events, including potential reputational consequences.
8.1 Operational Risk ManagementFramework
Rabobank has developed a Risk and Control Framework (RCF)
which is mandatory for all business units (including subsidiaries)
and central support functions within the organization. The RCF
aims to ensure that risks as a result of inadequate or failing
processes, people, systems and/or external events are managed
within accepted risk levels. To manage operational risks
effectively, an integrated, forward-looking view by the risk owner
is in place. In addition, quarterly In Control meetings by the risk
owners are in place to manage and discuss operational risks.
Rabobank performs a structured and integrated risk analysis to
manage its RCF in a holistic way. Performing this risk assessment
across all entities helps to ensure Rabobank Group’s risk
management is sound and in compliance with regulatory
requirements. Risk control activities are included in the following
process steps:
• Risk identification
• Risk assessment
• Risk response
• Risk monitoring
• Risk reporting
• Finding and action management
• Incident management
Uniform and consistent risk control activities result in an effective
and efficient way of managing various types of operational risks
and a good balance between risks and controls within the
organization. Hence RCF improves the efficiency and
effectiveness of daily business and helps to become a better
learning organization.
The Risk Management Committee Group (RMC Group) has OpRisk
regular on its agenda and is responsible for ratifying the
operational risk policy, its parameters and framework at Rabobank
Group level. The primary responsibility for the management of
operational risk lies within the business, as it should be
fundamentally woven into their strategic and day-to-day
decision-making. Within the group entities, risk management
committees have an important role in identifying and monitoring
the operational risks of the entity supported by Operational Risk /
RCF. On a quarterly basis the Group Operational Risk report is
submitted to and discussed in the RMC Group. Included in the
quarterly Group Operational Risk report is the risk appetite on
operational risk and other developments impacting the group
wide operational risk profile.
8.2 Advanced MeasurementApproach (AMA)
Rabobank Group applies the Advanced Measurement Approach
(AMA) to calculate operational risk capital requirements.
Rabobank’s capital model undergoes regular changes where
deemed applicable to safeguard alignment with regulatory
requirements and internal and external data.
The operational risk model of Rabobank includes the following
elements:
• Internal loss data;
• External loss data from consortium;
• Scenario analyses; and
• Business environment and internal control factors (BEICFs).
Internal Loss DataInternal loss data is captured from the mandatory reporting
threshold on operational losses of gross EUR 10,000. Incident
8. Operational Risk
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 58
reporting is signed-off by management and validated by the
Operational Risk function of the entity for quality assurance.
Internal loss data is used in the capital model for defining
frequency distributions and for calculating regulatory capital per
entity.
External Loss DataExternal loss data is based on quarterly reports from a data
consortium that specialises in operational risk loss data collection.
External loss data is reviewed in terms of relevance and suitability
for the Rabobank organisation before being added to the capital
model. Consortium data is used in the capital model for defining
severity distributions.
ScenariosRabobank has developed a number of loss scenarios which are
used to substantiate and benchmark the model based on internal
and external historical data. An example is an external fraud
related scenario, which estimates the probability and impact for
Rabobank of the execution of unauthorised transactions.
Business Environment and Internal Control Factors (BEICFs)The BEICFs are used in the capital model by using internal loss
data, external loss data and the operational risk scenario
programme. Rabobank is using risk and control self-assessments
at entity level and has key risks and controls at entity level.
Risk MitigationThe option to reduce capital requirements through insurance
mitigation or other risk-transfer instruments is currently not used.
A schematic overview of Rabobank’s capital model is presented
in the following figure:
Internal loss dataStand-alone annual
loss distributions
DiversiÞed annual loss
distribution Group
Regulatory Capital
Group
Incident frequency
distributions
Per business unit, business line and event type
Internal loss+
External loss+
Scenario data
Incident severitydistributions
Per business line and event type
Incident frequency distributions
• Poisson distributions
• Average frequencies determined using weighting method
Stand-alone annual loss distributions
• Combination of frequency distribution and severity
distribution using Monte Carlo
Incident severity distributions
• Body: Empirical distribution
• Tail: Parameterised distribution
DiversiÞed annual loss distribution Group
• Aggregation of stand-alone annual loss distributions
using copula approach
Per business unit
Regulatory Capital
BUs
Figure 2: Rabobank’s capital model
Operational Risk CapitalRabobank calculates and reports the Regulatory Capital per
quarter. The Regulatory Capital per year-end 2018 amounts to
€ 2.179m compared to €2.071m per year-end 2017.
Risk CategoriesRabobank recognises the following operational risk types in line
with regulatory and industry practice:
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 59
Risk type Definition Management actions
Fraud Risk that an internal or external party obtains an undue personalbenefit at the expense of our organisation (or at the expense of acustomer or client whose assets we are responsible forsafeguarding).
Rabobank has implemented measures on all levels in theorganisation to mitigate this risk, including transactionmonitoring and Know-your-customer (KYC) policies.
System Failure(IT / Cyber Risk)
Risk that infrastructure or systems fail, possibly leading to businessdisruption, creating a financial impact. Also the risk of losses arisingfrom systems intrusion and invasion, online data fraud or deceptionschemes for profit, external identity theft through system intrusionand skimming or electronic eavesdropping.
Maintaining a well-functioning and secure IT environmentis crucial to the performance of Rabobank. To this end aspecific IT risk management team within OpRisk has beenappointed.
Clients, Products and BusinessPractices
The risk of not exercising due care in dealings with clients andcustomers, conduct and contract breaches by the organisation andits staff, conflicts of interest, inappropriate products and businesspractices, as well as compliance or governance breaches.
Various risk and compliance measures have beenimplemented to deal with this area, including a ProductApproval Process.
Execution, Delivery and ProcessManagement
The risk of direct and indirect losses incurred when a prearrangedoperational task or transaction is executed improperly. Includestransactional errors, non-transactional errors and errors relating toclient or customer service delivery and includes errors or mistakesarising from reference data issues.
As this category is part of the day-to-day operations ofRabobank, primary responsibility lies with the businessunits, as they are the first line of defense.
Business Disruption (BusinessContinuity)
The risk of impact to the organisation which disrupt its ability tocontinue to deliver Rabobank products and services at acceptablepredefined levels.
Within Rabobank, a specific Business ContinuityManagement organization liaises with the entities foreffective management of risks.
Damage to Physical Assets and Injury The risk of losses attributable to natural disaster, wilful injury oraccident/negligence, entailing significant property damage,contamination or physical injury.
This category is primary managed by Business Continuity,Security Department and amongst others by assessingspecific risks and controls in the Rabobank ScenarioProgram and Risk Assessments.
Employment Practices and WorkplaceSafety
The risk of losses arising from acts inconsistent with laws oragreements governing employment, employee health or safety, orfrom diversity or discrimination events involving internal andexternal employees.
This category is managed by the first line of defensesupported by second line functions such as HR,Compliance, Legal and Operational Risk Management.
All types of operational risk are mapped to Basel II event types.
Operational Risk LossesFigure 4 shows the distribution of losses within Rabobank in terms
of the percentage of total net loss (orange bar) and the number
of losses (blue bar). The main buckets remain Clients Products and
Business Practices (CPBP), Execution Delivery and Process
Management (EDMP) and External Fraud (EF). Compared to 2017
the losses for EDPM decreased slightly, the losses for CPBP
decreased by a high percentage and the losses for EF increased
by a high percentage. Losses in the other Basel II event types
were very limited in 2018.
% of Total Number of records along Risk Category
% of Total Net Loss (EUR) along Risk Category
Figure 3: Losses per risk type
in %
60
70
80
90
50
40
30
20
10
0
2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017 2018
5.4
4.5
1.3
1.1
30
.6
26
.1
61
.1
12
.9
0.4
0.2
32
.7 39
.3
25
.5
19
.4 25
.6
27
.1
8.9
65
.4
5.0
3.0
2.2
1.2
0.3
0.1
0.7
0.0
Business disruption
and systems failure
Clients, products and
business practices
Damage to
physical assets
Employment practices
and workplace safety
Execution delivery and
process management
External fraud Internal fraud
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 60
8.3 Developments in 2018
GeneralThe global environment Rabobank is operating in requires
constant adaption to changing circumstances and clients'
expectations. This fits and aligns with our mission, vision and
strategy of ‘Growing a better world together’ and to perform as a
rock-solid bank with excellent client focus. A fast changing
environment requires agility and adaptability. Change initiatives
bear inherent risks which are managed by the first line of defense.
Therefore Rabobank is constantly improving its change readiness
and its operational risk management as integral part of material
change initiatives.
Cybercrime RiskCyber related threat levels continuously increase, with attacks
becoming more frequent and more sophisticated. Rabobank
significantly invests in cyber security to protect our information
systems and our customers’ interests. In doing so, we find it
important to continuously stay informed about state-of-art
knowledge on threats and protection methods, provided by
experts and leading organizations from all over the world. In
taking protection measures, Rabobank closely collaborates with
other players in the financial sector.
Rabobank applies a structured approach in dealing with cyber
security risks. Our Cyber Defense Centre plays a key role, where
we continuously strengthen our capabilities to deal with cyber-
threats by protection, detection and response. Emerging
technologies like data analytics, and self-learning pattern
recognition play a key role in protecting our assets and the
availability of our online channels e.g. during distributed denial
of service attacks.
Outsourcing RiskIn order to focus on its core abilities, Rabobank outsources certain
activities to external parties. In doing so, it is key for the bank to
stay in control and protect our customers’ interests. Before
Rabobank outsources activities, we conduct an evaluation of and
perform the necessary due diligence for a prospective service
provider. Rabobank has put in place a control framework for
outsourcing that defines controls and responsibilities related to
the risk of outsourced services. This framework drives us and our
vendors to be knowledgeable and compliant with the controls
necessary for well-controlled outsourced services, and with
controls that are required from a regulatory perspective.
Transition RiskCurrently quite a number of transitional, remedial and regulatory
driven change projects are running. Together with other relevant
stakeholders, such as the Compliance and Legal departments,
ORM provides risk opinions and risk analyses on material business
changes. During both the project design, execution and
implementation phases ORM is actively involved to support the
business mitigating the operational risks of changes and making
the material change project a success.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 61
Market risk entails that the bank’s earnings and/or economic value
may be negatively affected by changes in interest rates or market
prices. Exposure to a certain degree of market risk is inherent in
banking and creates the opportunity to realise profit and value.
In managing and monitoring market risk, a distinction is made
between the trading and banking environments.
Section Description Key risk indicators Monitoring
9.1Market risk trading environment
Market Risk arising from the bank’s own trading activities. Rabobank’strading activities are customer-focused or for the bank’s own balance sheetmanagement.
Event Risk Daily
9.2Interest rate risk bankingenvironment
Interest rate risk arising from the bank’s activities not related to trading.Occurs mainly within the retail banking business as a result of the differencein interest rate fixing periods between assets and liabilities and implicitoptions in various customer products.
Modified Duration, Basis PointValue and Earnings at Risk
Monthly
9.3Currency risk bankingenvironment
Currency risk arising from the bank’s activities not related to trading. Thismainly concerns translation risk resulting from capital invested in foreignoperations.
Value at Risk Monthly
Within the trading environment, the most significant types of
market risk are: interest rate risk (including basis risk), credit spread
risk and currency risk. Risk positions acquired from clients can
either be redistributed to other clients or managed through risk
transformation (hedging). The trading desks are also acting as a
market-maker for secondary markets (by providing liquidity and
pricing) in interest rate derivatives and debt, including Rabobank
bonds and Rabobank Certificates. Market risk in the trading
environment is managed and monitored on a daily basis within
the trading market risk framework. This framework covers all
derivatives in trading books, as well as the loan syndication
books, the short term funding books, securities finance & repo
books and the bond trading books. A prudent limit and control
framework is in place.
A large part of the structural interest rate and currency risks arising
from the banking activities are transferred through internal
derivative transactions to the trading environment. Risks within
the trading environment are mostly hedged in the market.
A direct link cannot be made between the items on the bank’s
balance sheet and the various figures for market risk. This is
because the bank’s balance sheet only contains transactions with
third parties. The published market risk figures for the trading
books are based on both transactions with third parties and
transactions with internal parties in the banking environment. The
same applies to the published interest and currency risk figures
for the books in the banking environment.
9.1 Trading Market Risk
9.1.1 Trading Market RiskMarket risk arises from the risk of losses on trading book positions
affected by movements in interest rates, equities, credit spreads,
currencies and commodities. Market risk in the trading
environment is monitored daily within the market risk framework.
Rabobank’s market risk is relatively small as evidenced by the low
Risk Weighted Exposure Amounts (RWEA) compared to that of
credit risk and, to a lesser extent, operational risk.
9.1.2 Trading Market Risk FrameworkThe trading market risk framework has been put in place to
measure, monitor and manage market risk in the trading books.
Market risk is governed by the Market Risk Policy and the Market
Risk Standard. The Management Board determines Rabobank’s
risk appetite on an annual basis. A cascading limit structure with
an increasing granularity of limits has been implemented from
Rabobank consolidated level down to business units Markets and
Treasury and portfolio level. The Limit and Control Structures
(LCS) define the trading strategy and explain the objective and the
nature of trading and hedging activities which a business unit or
a portfolio is allowed to perform. In addition to the LCS, the
framework exists of a number of other elements. Among others,
the market risk functional document, a set of well documented
and monitored internal procedures and the new business/
product approval process, provide input for the identification,
thorough monitoring and managing of material risks within the
trading books. Hedging risk and the continuing effectiveness of
hedges are covered in the Annual Report.
9. Market Risk
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 62
On consolidated level, the risk appetite is defined for VaR, event
risk and interest rate delta. In addition to the VaR limits, an
extensive system of other limits and trading controls for each
book is in place to ensure that risks that offset each other, or
which are not covered by the VaR framework are not overlooked.
These controls include tenor basis swap risk, commodity and
equity cash delta, interest rate (IR) delta bucket limits, notional
limits and FX exposure limits. In order to assess the risk of
‘abnormal’ market conditions, the effects of certain extreme
events (event risk) are calculated daily. These extreme events can
be historical events or plausible hypothetical scenarios.
Market risk exposures are calculated on a daily basis according to
the approved methodologies for the respective risk measure.
Monitoring of market risk exposures occurs on portfolio level,
business unit level (where applicable) and for Rabobank
consolidated against the approved Limit and Controls structures
or approved Risk Appetite Statement. Any limit excesses need to
follow the defined sign off and reporting procedure. Regular risk
reporting to Risk Management Committees and senior
management is in place to ensure the communication of key risk
developments takes place. Risk developments that require ad hoc
attention are communicated accordingly outside the regular
reporting cycle.
Regulatory CapitalFor portfolios that have been categorized as trading book, own
funds requirements are being calculated within the Market Risk
Solvency Framework. The VaR, stressed VaR (SVaR), Incremental
Risk Charge (IRC) and Risk Weightings for Securitizations (RWS) are
used in the calculation of Regulatory Capital (RC) for market risk
in the trading portfolios. Rabobank maintains both the
Standardized and Internal Model Approach to calculate the
Trading Book Regulatory Capital charges.
Rabobank has the approval to use the Internal Method Approach
(IMA) and specific risk for all portfolios relevant for the trading
book. The VaR, SVaR and IRC are calculated using the Internal
Method Approach (IMA), while the Standardized Approach (SA)
is used for the RWS. This methodology is based on the SA already
used for the banking book, which applies a fixed risk weight to a
position based on rating, seniority, granularity and product type
(securitization or re-securitization). All banks for which IMA is
approved are required to use the Standardized Approach for RWS.
A confidence interval of 99% and a holding period of 10 days is
used for the VaR and SVaR in the calculation of the Regulatory
Capital of the trading portfolios. All assumptions in the RC
models are subject to periodic review and validation ensuring
validity of all model assumptions and correctness of underling
premises.
In addition to RWS, Rabobank uses the SA for positions in the
Trade & Commodity Finance (TCF) department and for FX
positions, which are both categorized as non-trading. The SA is
also applied to positions in Collective Investment Units (CIU). The
CIU charge is very small with only EUR 0.3 of capital charge.
Finally, a capital charge is calculated for Risks Not in Model
(RNIM). Next to the significant risks coveredby the (s)VaR and IRC
models, Rabobank has a RNIM framework in place to capture risks
that are not adequately covered by those models. Risk factors
included in RNIM are amongst others some basis and volatility
risks. Risks that are not covered by the models are checked
frequently and added to the RNIM framework. RNIM are
frequently reviewed to assess if inclusion in the model is possible.
The capital charge as per 31 December 2018 amounts to EUR 7.5
(RWA: EUR 94) and is reported in Template 4 under the Advanced
IRB (AIRB) approach.
The tables below depict the capital requirements for Market Risk
under SA and IMA.
Template 34: EUR MR1 - Market Risk under the StandardizedApproach
Amounts in millions of euros RWAs Capitalrequirements
Outright products
Interest rate risk (general andspecific)
- -
Equity risk (general andspecific)
- -
Foreign exchange risk - -
Commodity risk 307 25
Options
Simplified approach - -
Delta-plus method - -
Scenario approach - -
Securitisation (specific risk) - -
Total 307 25
The reduction in the RC charge for commodity risk under the SA
is driven by a lower volume of Cash & Carry business. The RWA and
capital requirements for positions in CIU are EUR 3.4 and EUR 0.3
respectively. These values are not included in Template 34, but
reported in Template 4, Market Risk.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 63
Template 35: EU MR2-A - Market risk under the IMA
Amounts in millions of euros RWAs Capital requirements
1 VaR (higher of values a and b) 460 37
(a) Previous day's VaR (Article 365(1) of the CRR (VaRt-1)) - 12
(b) Average of the daily VaR (Article 365(1)) of the CRR on each of the preceding 60 business days (VaRavg) x multiplicationfactor (mc) in accordance with Article 366 of the CRR
- 37
2 SVaR (higher of values a and b) 2,176 174
(a) Latest SVaR (Article 365(2) of the CRR (SVaRt-1)) - 75
(b) Average of the SVaR (Article 365(2) of the CRR) during the preceding 60 business days (SVaRavg) x multiplication factor(ms) (Article 366 of the CRR)
- 174
3 IRC (higher of values a and b) 931 74
(a) Most recent IRC value (incremental default and migration risks calculated in accordance with Article 370 and Article371 of the CRR)
- 69
(b) Average of the IRC number over the preceding 12 weeks - 74
4 Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c) - -
(a) Most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio (Article 377 of the CRR) - -
(b) Average of the risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 12 weeks - -
(c) 8% of the own funds requirement in the standardised approach on the most recent risk number for the correlationtrading portfolio (Article 338(4) of the CRR)
- -
5 Other - -
6 Total 3,567 285
Template 36: EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA
Amounts in millions of euros VaR SVaR IRC Comprehensiverisk measure Other Total RWAs Total capital
requirements
1 RWAs at previousperiod 328 2,298 692 - - 3,318 265
1a Regulatory adjustment -27 202 -164 - - 11 1
1bRWAs at the previousquarter-end (end of theday)
301 2,499 528 - - 3,329 266
2 Movement in risk levels 158 328 339 - - 826 66
3 Model updates/changes - - - - - - -
4 Methodology andpolicy - - - - - - -
5 Acquisitions anddisposals - - - - - - -
6 Foreign exchangemovements - - - - - - -
7 Other - - - - - - -
8aRWAs at the end of thereporting period (end ofthe day)
459 2,828 868 - - 4,155 332
8b Regulatory adjustment - -652 64 - - -588 -47
8RWAs at the end of thereporting period 460 2,176 931 - - 3,567 285
The main driver of the change in market risk exposures is
movement in risk levels. VaR and SVaR mostly changed due to
client related deals and increased risk levels due to volatility in the
financial markets. The latter is driven by for instance elections in
Italy, BREXIT and other geopolitical risks observed in 2018. IRC has
mainly been impacted by increased positions in government
bonds and investment grade debt issued by financial institutions.
Internal VaR ModelThe internal VaR model is a key part of Rabobank’s market risk
framework. Rabobank has opted to apply a VaR model based on
historical simulation for which one year of historical data is used
with no weighting scheme, which is updated daily. A drawback
of using historical simulations is that it does not necessarily take
into account all possible future market movements. The approved
IMA model covers all the trading activities mentioned in this
chapter. These activities are predominantly located in the Markets
and Treasury business units of Rabobank. The risk factors covered
are interest rate, FX, equity, commodity and credit.
For internal risk management purposes, Rabobank has opted for
a confidence level of 97.5% and a time horizon of one day. The
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 64
VaR used in the calculation of the capital requirement for market
risk uses a confidence interval of 99% and a holding period of 10
days as prescribed by the regulator. Rabobank has chosen for
97.5% as this provides a more stable measure which is more
suitable for monitoring trading positions with daily monitoring
than is the case with higher confidence intervals. In addition,
Rabobank complements VaR with stress testing to look at stressed
market circumstances. This approach becomes less appropriate
when using VaR with higher confidence intervals.
For the 99%, 10 day VaR calculation used in the calculation of the
capital requirement, Rabobank uses 10 day market risk shocks,
with overlapping periods. No scaling is applied. Rabobank uses a
single model which combines general and specific risk in the
aggregation. In the calculation of VaR, relative or absolute shocks
are used to determine the potential movements in risk factors.
Whether relative or absolute shocks are applied, depends on the
risk factor. Rabobank uses full revaluation in the calculation of
VaR. For some linear interest rate and FX products delta
approximation is used.
Due to Rabobank’s strategy of client risk redistribution, risk
transformation (hedging) and the low secondary market activity,
the real market risk exposure of the trading portfolio is well within
the risk appetite boundaries. Table 9.1.1 shows the VaR with a one
day holding period and 97.5% confidence level. The relatively
limited position as evidenced by this table was well within the
internal VaR limit. Also during the year, the VaR was well within the
limit. Changes in the VaR have been driven by client related deals
and volatility in the financial markets as explained under
Template 36.
Table 9.1.1: VaR (1 day, 97.5%)
Interest Credit Currencies Shares Commodities Diversification Total
2018 - 31 December 2.3 2.9 0.1 0.0 0.2 -2.1 3.4
2018 – average 2.2 1.5 0.1 0.0 0.1 - 2.6
2018 – Highest 3.4 3.0 0.6 0.1 0.7 - 3.9
2018 – Lowest 1.7 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.1 - 1.9
2017 – 31 December 2.9 0.8 0.2 0.0 0.1 -0.8 3.1
2017– average 3.4 0.8 0.2 0.0 0.2 - 3.8
2017 – highest 4.7 1.3 1.2 0.1 2.4 - 4.9
2017 – lowest 2.6 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.1 - 3.0
Stressed Value at RiskAccording to the regulations SVaR replicates a VaR calculation for
the bank’s current portfolio using historical scenarios based on a
one year stressed period. The period that Rabobank uses for SVaR
runs from 5 June 2008 until 4 June 2009. This was the most
stressful year during the last global financial crisis. Analysis
showed that historical market data movements in this period
generated the largest losses given the positions in Rabobank’s
trading portfolios. The SVaR period is reviewed every month. In
case it appears that market movements in another historical one
year period would cause the largest losses, the SVaR period will
be changed to that period.
Rabobank uses a 99%, 10-day holding period for SVaR where the
10 day SVaR is directly modelled in similar fashion to the 99%, 10-
day VaR used in the calculation of the capital requirement for
market risk. Full revaluation is used in the calculation of SVaR. For
some linear interest rate and FX products delta approximation is
used.
Incremental Risk ChargeThe Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) captures credit risk in the
trading portfolio that is not captured by the VaR. This risk arises
from the fact that the issuers of bonds, the reference name of
Credit Default Swaps or other issuer risk related products that
Rabobank holds in its trading portfolio might default or suffer
from a rating migration. This can result in a loss for Rabobank.
Rabobank uses a transition-matrix based asset value model to
calculate IRC. The current issuer risk portfolio is used as a starting
point. The transition-matrix is estimated using statistical models
on migration and default data. Rabobank uses the regulatory floor
of 3 months as liquidity horizon, (i.e. it is assumed that positions
cannot be sold within three months in stressed circumstances).
A Monte Carlo simulation results in possible four outcomes of
losses due to defaults and migrations in the portfolio within three
months. The input parameters to the model are EADs based on
MTM, short term PDs estimated from 1 year PDs, migration
matrices, LGD per issuer type, migration losses and regulatory
prescribed IRB correlations. Under the constant risk assumption
Rabobank adds the outcomes of four 3-month profit and losses
to arrive at a one year loss. The resulting 99.9% worst observation
from the profit and loss distribution represents the IRC Regulatory
Capital. Among others, Template 37 shows the period-end, mean,
highest and lowest IRC amount during 2018.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 65
Extensive stress testing and sensitivity analyses are performed as
part of the periodic model review. It includes, but is not limited
to correlation, LGD and PD scenarios, as well as the impact from
adverse market scenarios and liquidity assumptions. The IRC
models are validated according to the process set out in section
4 of this document.
Template 37: EU MR3 IMA values for trading portfolios
VaR (10 day 99%)
1 MaximumValue 21
2 Average Value 11
3 MinimumValue 7
4 Period-End 12
SVaR (10 day 99%)
5 MaximumValue 75
6 Average Value 56
7 MinimumValue 40
8 Period-End 75
IRC (99.9%)
9 MaximumValue 94
10 Average Value 63
11 MinimumValue 42
12 Period-End 69
Comprehensive risk capital charge (99.9%)
13 MaximumValue -
14 Average Value -
15 MinimumValue -
16 Period-End -
The Comprehensive Risk Capital charge is not applicable to
Rabobank as it does not have a correlation trading portfolio.
Back testingBack testing is a risk management technique to evaluate the
quality and accuracy of internal VaR models. In essence, back
testing is a routine comparison of model generated risk measures
(daily VaR) with the subsequent trading outcomes (hypothetical
or actual Profit & Loss). It is expected that the calculated VaR will
be larger than all but a certain fraction of the trading outcomes,
where this fraction is determined by the confidence level
assumed by the VaR measure.
Among others, the performance of the VaR model is dependent
on the risk factors covered by the VaR framework, the accuracy
of the methodology applied and on the quality of the market
data used to generate the historical scenarios. Inaccuracies in
these items can lead to an abnormal number of outliers which
could be an indication of inadequate quality of the internal
model. Another source for outliers are technical issues. Using back
tests, the quality of the VaR model can be assessed, both in terms
of the distributional assumptions, historical market data
validation and transaction or position registration. In line with
regulation, Rabobank uses the 99% confidence level, 1-day
holding period VaR for the purpose of back testing. Back tests are
carried out at consolidated level and at book level, using both
actual P&L and hypothetical P&L. Back testing results are reported
to the regulator on a quarterly basis. Outliers are reported and
individually analyzed if they exceed an operational threshold
(50,000 for books with a VaR smaller or equal 500,000, and 0.15
times VaR for books with a VaR larger than 500,000).
The number of outliers over a rolling window of one year
determines an additional charge to the capital multiplier used on
the VaR and stressed VaR in the RC calculation. If the number of
outliers on consolidated level exceeds a given number based on
the 99% confidence level of the VaR measure, a capital multiplier
has to be applied. On 31 December 2018, the amount of back
testing outliers observed during the year was 4 (2 hypothetical
and 2 actual). The maximum of the hypothetical and actual
outliers is 2 which is within the regulatory threshold. As such,
there is no additional charge for Rabobank as the number of
outliers was below the threshold of 4 (CRR/CRD IV).
Template 38: MR4 Comparison of VaR estimateswith gains/lossesin millions of euros
10
5
0
-5
-10
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Actual P&L Hypothetical P&L VatR 99% 1d
ValuationThe valuation of the trading portfolio positions is based on, or
derived from, observable prices or curve inputs. The availability
of observable prices or curve inputs varies by product and
market, and may change over time. In some markets or for certain
products, observable prices or inputs are not available, and fair
value is determined using valuation techniques appropriate for
the particular product. The data sources are consistent between
various products and independent of any Rabobank activity. If in
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 66
exceptional cases, in a start-up phase, curves are not
independently maintained, a minimum of a monthly
independent validation is a requisite. These curves will be subject
to a yearly review in order to define if database providers have
caught up with the market evolution and allow independent
monitoring in the future. The department accountable for the
valuation process is independent of the front office. For the
accounting valuation methodologies and the valuation
adjustments, reference is made to the 2018 Consolidated
Financial Statements, note 4.9 Fair value of financial assets and
liabilties. The governance of valuation and IPV of the financial
instruments of Rabobank is built around the Global Valuation
Committee and the local IPV committtees. Finance and control
perfoms independent price verification (IPV) controls in order to
evaluate the reasonablesness of the front office valuation.
Rabobank aims to include all liquid inputs of its valuation models
as risk factors in its market risk models and to achieve maximum
alignment between the valuation and risk models. For instance,
for interest rate portfolios a large variety of forecasting and
discounting curves are used to value the products within them.
All these curves are treated as separate risk factors in the risk
models. The historical yield curve data which is used to generate
the historical scenarios for the VaR calculation is derived from the
yield curves which are used to value the trades. By doing so
Rabobank also aims to achieve maximum correlation between
the actual profit or loss and hypothetical profit or loss figures.
Stress testingRabobank recognizes that VaR, due to its underlying statistical
assumptions, must be complemented by stress testing for a more
complete risk assessment. Stress testing is used to measure
events that are not captured by the VaR model. It is instrumental
in gauging the impact of extreme, yet plausible predefined moves
in market risk factors on the P&L of individual trading and
investment portfolios. Rabobank designed a large number of
global scenarios based on book composition and current macro/
economic financial markets situations. Risk drivers captured by
these scenarios include among other things: tenor basis swap
spreads, interest rates, credit spreads, volatility and interest rate
rotation. The shocks applied are determined using historical
calibration or are based on expert judgment. The scenarios are
global and homogeneous for all geographical regions.
Rabobank uses sensitivity stress scenarios for the following risk
factor categories:
• Interest rates;
• Interest rate volatility;
• Interest rate curve rotation;
• Credit spreads;
• Commodities;
• Commodity volatility;
• FX rates;
• FX volatility;
• Equities;
• Equity volatility;
• Treasury spreads;
• Inflation related products;
• Tenor basis swap spreads;
• Bond - CDS spread.
In each sensitivity stress scenario extreme shocks for one
particular risk factor category are applied. These shocks generally
represent up- and downward movements in the risk factors. A
book’s sensitivity is examined daily by applying all relevant
sensitivity scenarios with an aim to report a maximum negative
result as exposure under a trading control. The size of the shocks
depends on, among other things: different asset classes, sectors,
regions and liquidity horizons. Liquidity horizons vary between
10 and 120 days, depending on the type of asset and risk factor.
The liquidity horizon provides an estimate of the amount of days
it takes to liquidate a position in the market or replace a hedging
position in times of stress. For less liquid treasuries, corporate
bonds and products with optionality the horizon is longer.
In addition to these sensitivity scenarios, Rabobank also uses real
historical and hypothetical scenarios to gain insight into the
impact of such scenarios on the P&L of the trading book. In these
stress scenarios multiple risk factor categories are shocked at the
same time.
On December 31, 2018, the event risk amounted to EUR 128 well
within the set limit. Within the Trading Book, the tenor basis swap
position remains a large concentrated position with a substantial
impact on Rabobank’s event risk. However, due to Rabobank’s
increased bond trading activity, the dominant event risk scenario
throughout the year was related to a rise in bond yields.
Table 9.1.2: Event Risk
2018 – 31 December 128
2018 – average 129
2018 – highest 157
2018 – lowest 103
Interest Rate DeltaThe Interest Delta indicates how the value of positions changes
if the relevant yield curve shows a parallel increase by 1 basis
point. These positions are shown in the table below for each key
currency in the Rabobank portfolio as per 31 December 2018.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 67
Table 9.1.3: Interest Rate Delta
EUR 0.4
USD 0.1
CHF 0.1
Other 0.0
Total 0.6
9.2 Non-trading Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk in the banking book at Rabobank is mainly caused
by:
• Maturity mismatches between loans and funds entrusted.
Rabobank provides mortgages and commercial loans with
long fixed-interest terms. These mortgages and loans are
partly financed by customers’ savings, customers’ current
account balances and partly with funding provided by
professional money market and capital market institutions;
• Quotation risk. The majority of homebuyers with a mortgage
proposal will pay the lowest of two rates: the rate offered or the
prevailing rate when the loan is effectively drawn down;
• Prepayment risk. Customers wishing to repay or to refinance
their loans early are not always required to pay breakage costs;
• Withdrawal risk. A large proportion of customers' credit
balances in current accounts, payment accounts and savings
accounts is callable on demand.
These risk factors in the banking book are influenced by customer
decisions regarding roll over, early termination or the term of
interest rate fixing. These decisions, also called customer
behaviour, are an important determining factor with respect to
interest rate risk in the banking environment. Whereas interest
rate risk in the trading environment depends on the contract
terms of each transaction, in the banking environment
assumptions regarding behaviour play a larger role. Measuring,
understanding and anticipating customer behaviour is therefore
key in managing interest rate risk in the banking book.
Non-trading Interest Rate Risk frameworkRabobank accepts a certain level of interest rate risk in the banking
environment. This follows from the investment of the bank’s own
funds as well as from the transformation function of the bank, i.e.
enabling firms and individuals to make longer-term capital
investments funded by shorter-term entrusted deposits and
savings. At the same time, the bank seeks to avoid any material
unexpected swings in earnings and economic value caused by
interest rate movements. Therefore, the Managing Board, under
supervision of the Supervisory Board, determines the interest rate
risk appetite and the corresponding limits on an annual basis.
Within these targets, the treasury department within the bank are
in charge of the steering of interest rate risk in the banking
books. They manage this exposure through funding and hedging
transactions. Reports on the actual exposure to interest rate risk
in the banking books are submitted to the responsible Asset &
Liability Management and Risk Management committees on a
monthly basis. The actual exposure is also periodically, (i.e. on a
quarterly basis), reported to the supervisory authorities.
Risk measurementRabobank uses three standard measures for measuring,
managing and controlling the interest rate risk in the banking
book arising from changes in the level of interest rates:
• Modified Duration (MD),
• Basis Point Value (BPV), and
• Earnings at Risk (EaR).
The BPV of equity per maturity is used to control and manage the
risk of changes in the shape of the yield curve. These measures
are also used to express the risk appetite of Rabobank.
In addition to the three standard measures of interest rate risk in
the banking books, Rabobank regularly analyses the effect of one
or more interest rate scenarios on its earnings and economic
value. The results of this analysis are important for integrated
interest rate risk management purposes and are included in
reports to senior management. Furthermore, the amount of
capital required to compensate for the effect of unfavourable
interest rate developments is calculated on the basis of historical
scenarios.
Risk Appetite and Developments Related to MD and BPVof EquityThe key risk indicator used by Rabobank to manage interest rate
risk from the perspective of economic value is the Modified
Duration. The MD shows the percentage decline in the economic
value of equity if interest rates rise by 1 percentage point. For
2018, the Managing Board determined a risk appetite with a
lower limit of 0% and an upper limit of 6%. The overall MD in the
banking book is the net result of client transactions in the relevant
assets and liabilities business lines (‘natural position’) as well as
their funding and hedging transactions with our Treasury
department and the investment of equity. Treasury itself operates
within a strategic mandate and risk tolerance set by the Managing
Board and monitored by the Risk Management function while
efforts are underway to include the full scope of the Treasury
activities in the MD directly. In addition, the implementation of a
uniform methodology to optimally align figures from different
parts of the bank is also underway. On a monthly basis, the Asset
and Liability Committee (ALCO), which includes the CFO and CRO
of the bank, reviews the interest rate and liquidity targets and
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 68
positions in the context of business and market developments.
The overall Interest Rate Rrisk in the Banking Books (MD and EaR)
position is managed across all currencies. Due to the relatively
small USD position, uncommon specialized contracts (e.g. USD
280 million of 100-year issued bonds) can have a profound
impact on the MD position in USD-terms. This is taken into
account in the existing risk framework. No limits were breached
in the presented situation as of year-end 2018.
Table 9.2.1: Modified Duration
31-Dec-18 31-Dec-17
Modified Duration (%) Group level in EUR 2.80% 2.00%
Split by main currencies
Modified Duration (%) – EUR 3.20% 2.30%
Modified Duration (%) – USD -2.20% -3.40%
Risk Appetite and Developments Relating to EaRThe key measure used by Rabobank to manage interest rate risk
from an earnings perspective is the EaR. The EaR is the largest
deviation in negative terms of the expected net interest income
in the next 12 months as a result of different interest rates
scenarios. The limit for this measure was 525 million in 2018. The
EaR analysis does not take into account active management
intervention, but it does use baseline volume projections from the
business lines.
Table 9.2.2: Earnings at Risk
31-Dec-18 31-Dec-17
Earnings at Risk 109 148
Split by main currencies
Earnings at Risk – EUR 76 104
Earnings at Risk – USD 32 37
In 2018, Rabobank’s net interest income suffered the most from
an interest rate downward scenario throughout the year. On
December 31, 2018 the EaR ended up at 109 million, lower than
the EaR of 148 million in 2017. This is mainly driven by a more
conservative net interest income risk management by ALCO/
Treasury.
9.3 Non-trading Currency Risk
FX risk is the risk that exchange rate movements could lead to
volatility in the bank’s cash flows, assets and liabilities, net profit
and/or equity. The bank distinguishes two types of non-trading
FX risks: (i) FX risk in the banking books and (ii) FX translation risk.
FX Risk in the Banking BooksFX risk in the banking books, is the risk where known and/or
ascertainable currency cash flow commitments and receivables
in the banking books are unhedged. As a result, it could have an
adverse impact on the financial results and/or financial position
of the Group, due to movements in exchange rates.
FX Translation RiskFX translation risk is the risk that FX fluctuations will adversely
affect the translation of assets and liabilities of operations –
denominated in foreign currency – into the functional currency
of the parent company. Translation risk reveals in Rabobank’s
equity position, risk weighted assets and capital ratios.
Rabobank manages its FX translation risk with regard to the
Rabobank CET1 ratio by deliberately taking FX positions,
including deliberately maintaining FX positions and not or only
partly closing FX positions. As a result of these structural FX
positions, the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the
Rabobank CET1 ratio is mitigated.
FX translation risk at Rabobank level is covered by the Global
Standard on FX Translation Risk (“Standard”). The purpose of the
Standard is to outline the Rabobank policy towards FX Translation
risk to achieve and ensure a prudent and sound monitoring and
control system, in order to manage these risks Group wide.
Rabobank uses the pillar 2 framework for those areas where
Rabobank is of the opinion that the regulatory framework (i.e.
pillar 1) does not address the risk, or does not adequately address
the risk. FX translation risk is one of these risks.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 69
Liquidity risk is the risk that the bank will not be able to meet all of its payment obligations on time,as well as the risk that the bank will not be able to fund increases in assets at a reasonable price. Thiscould happen if, for instance, customers or professional counterparties suddenly withdraw morefunds than expected which cannot be absorbed by the bank’s cash resources, by selling or pledgingassets in the market or by borrowing funds from third parties. Maintaining a comfortable liquidityposition and retaining the confidence of both professional market parties and retail customers haveproved crucial, ensuring unimpeded access to the public money and capital markets for Rabobank.
10.1 Liquidity Risk ManagementFramework
Rabobank’s policy is to finance client assets of a long-term or
recurrent nature using stable funding, that is, funds entrusted by
customers and long-term wholesale funding. Responsibility for
the day-to-day management of the liquidity position, the raising
of professional funding on the money and capital markets, and
the management of the structural position lies with the Treasury
department.
Liquidity risk management is based on three pillars. The first sets
strict limits for the maximum outgoing cash flows for different
maturities within the wholesale banking business. Rabobank
measures and reports on a daily basis what incoming and
outgoing cash flows are expected during the next 12 months.
Limits have been set for these outgoing cash flows, including
limits and controls per currency. Detailed plans (the contingency
funding plans) have been drawn up for contingency funding to
ensure the bank is prepared for potential crisis situations. Periodic
operational tests are performed on these plans.
The second pillar is to maintain a substantial high-quality buffer
of liquid assets. Besides cash balances held at central banks, liquid
securities can be used to pledge to central banks, in repo
transactions or be sold directly in the market to generate liquidity
immediately. The size of the liquidity buffer is aligned with the risk
Rabobank is exposed to resulting from our balance sheet. In
addition, Rabobank has securitised a portion of the mortgage loan
portfolio internally, which could be pledged to the central bank,
thereby serving as an additional liquidity buffer. Since this
concerns a retained securitisation, it is not reflected on the
consolidated balance sheet.
The third pillar for managing liquidity risk is to have a solid credit
rating, high capital levels and a prudent funding policy. Rabobank
takes various measures to avoid becoming overly dependent on
a single source of funding. These measures include balanced
diversification of funding sources with respect to maturity,
currencies, investors, geography and markets, a high degree of
unsecured funding (and therefore limited asset encumbrance)
and an active and consistent investor relations policy.
10.2 Risk Measurement
Liquidity PositionRabobank’s liquidity buffer remained robust in 2018. The total
liquidity buffer at December 31, 2018 measured in terms of ‘High
Quality Liquid Assets’ (HQLA) was 87 (2017: 86) billion. The group
consolidated liquidity buffer does take into account transfer and
inconvertibility restrictions. During 2018 Rabobank's 'Liquidity
Coverage Ratio' (LCR) complied with the minimum 100%
requirement as set by De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB), the Dutch
central bank. The ratio stood at 135% (2017: 123%) as at
December 31, 2018. Per December 31, 2018 the ‘Net Stable
Funding Ratio’ (NSFR) as monitored by the Basel Committee, was
119% (2017: 119%), which is comfortably above the future
requirement of 100%.
10. Liquidity Risk
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 70
Table 10.2.1: Liquidity Buffer
31-Dec-18 31-Dec-17
Liquidityvalue
Liquidityvalue
Level 1 assets
Cash and withdrawable central bank reserves,excluding reserve requirements 69.113 57,853
Level 1 securities 14.841 23,104
Total stock of Level 1 assets 83.954 80,957
Level 2 assets 3.003 4,587
HQLA liquidity buffer 86.957 85,544
Central bank eligible retained RMBS 33.653 30,562
Total liquidity buffer 120.610 116,106
The table 10.2.2 provides an overview of the average LCR
composition, calculated as the average of the 12 month-end LCR
positions preceding the end of each calendar quarter. The table
contains 15 data points, covering the period October 2017 until
December 2018.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 71
Table 10.2.2: LCR
Total unweighted value (average) Total weighted value (average)
Quarter: Q1 2018 Q2 2018 Q3 2018 Q4 2018 Q1 2018 Q2 2018 Q3 2018 Q4 2018
HIGH-QUALITY LIQUID ASSETS
1 Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) - - - - 89,515 89,484 88,664 87,693
CASH-OUTFLOWS
2 Retail deposits and deposits from small businesscustomers, of which: 165,955 165,550 165,638 166,150 14,022 13,873 13,725 13,505
3 Stable deposits 102,457 103,149 103,958 104,782 5,123 5,157 5,198 5,239
4 Less stable deposits 59,791 58,816 58,235 58,005 7,972 7,819 7,666 7,425
5 Unsecured wholesale funding 123,865 123,070 122,925 121,546 67,690 67,073 66,891 65,932
6
Operational deposits (allcounterparties) anddeposits in networks ofcooperative banks
- - - - - - - -
7 Non-operational deposits(all counterparties) 115,853 115,013 114,734 113,855 59,678 59,016 58,700 58,241
8 Unsecured debt 8,012 8,057 8,191 7,691 8,012 8,057 8,191 7,691
9 Secured wholesale funding - - - - 2,294 2,293 2,131 2,130
10 Additional requirements 54,047 53,219 53,409 53,770 13,645 13,343 13,245 13,212
11
Outflows related toderivative exposures andother collateralrequirements
9,103 8,782 8,579 8,398 9,103 8,782 8,579 8,398
12 Outflows related to loss offunding on debt products - - - - - - - -
13 Credit and liquidityfacilities 44,944 44,437 44,830 45,372 4,542 4,560 4,666 4,814
14 Other contractual funding obligations 3,112 2,895 2,993 2,972 3,112 2,895 2,993 2,972
15 Other contingent funding obligations 63,767 65,864 63,283 58,428 3,188 3,293 3,164 2,921
16 TOTAL CASH OUTFLOWS - - - - 103,952 102,769 102,149 100,673
CASH-INFLOWS
17 Secured lending (eg reverse repos) 30,140 29,771 26,865 25,201 18,779 18,503 19,048 18,620
18 Inflows from fully performing exposures 15,886 15,818 16,369 17,025 10,798 10,607 10,811 11,352
19 Other cash inflows 3,338 3,285 3,429 3,622 3,338 3,285 3,418 3,510
EU-19a
(Difference between total weighted inflows and totalweighted outflows arising from transactions in thirdcountries where there are transfer restrictions or whichare denominated in non-convertible currencies)
- - - - 157 129 135 162
EU-19b (Excess inflows from a related specialised creditinstitution) - - - - - - - -
20 TOTAL CASH INFLOWS 49,364 48,874 46,662 45,848 32,757 32,267 33,142 33,319
EU-20a Fully exempt inflows - - - - - - - -
EU-20b Inflows Subject to 90% Cap - - - - - - - -
EU-20c Inflows Subject to 75% Cap 47,244 46,499 44,387 43,549 32,757 32,267 33,142 33,319
21 LIQUIDITY BUFFER - - - - 89,515 89,484 88,664 87,693
22 TOTAL NET CASH OUTFLOWS - - - - 71,195 70,503 69,007 67,354
23LIQUIDITY COVERAGERATIO (%) - - - - 126 127 128 130
Qualitative information on LCR:
Rabobank’s funding strategy is characterized by broad
diversification and covers both domestic and international retail
and wholesale markets. The bank’s domestic Dutch retail funds
entrusted, for instance, are complemented with retail savings
generated in Europe (Belgium and Germany), Australia, New
Zealand and the United States.
Rabobank aims to manage liquidity from a group perspective, the
management of liquidity risk is centralized as far as deemed
possible. Funding and liquidity warehousing activities are
however performed in multiple locations to fund local balance
sheets or access local funding markets. Liquidity is preserved in
locations in accordance with local regulatory requirements and
internal guidelines. The importance of a healthy balance sheet
and prudent liquidity risk management is fully embedded in the
bank’s strategy, budgeting, procedures and measurements.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 72
The liquidity buffer is robust and maintained in various
currencies, see table 10.2.1. The distribution of the liquidity buffer
over the various currencies takes the currency distribution of the
net liquidity outflows into account. Liquidity surpluses are
warehoused in cash, high quality securities, short term reverse
repo/securities finance investments and central bank eligible
securities positions. Size, composition and quality of the liquidity
buffer and the corresponding buffer funding profile are
safeguarded by strict limit and control structures. For monitoring
and management purposes, position data is updated on a daily
basis.
Rabobank accepts a certain level of liquidity risk, as this has been
identified as a source of earnings and value creation, but it always
wants to be able to meet expected and unexpected cash flows
and collateral needs at any time without materially affecting
either daily operations or the financial stability of the bank.
RMC Group sets limits for the liquidity metrics adopted in the Risk
Appetite Statement (RAS). These limits are evaluated regularly by
RMC Group. On top of the risk limits, Treasury can set targets
based on the actual risk level, which is largely determined by the
issued debt maturity profile, securities finance maturity profile
and (expected) market circumstances. Treasury is expected to
steer the position in such a way that Rabobank is able to show a
positive LCR for at least two months in severe stressed market
circumstances, in which money and capital markets are closed,
and no issued debt is rolled over. This fits well within Rabobank’s
liquidity risk appetite, which is defined in the group's RAS as more
conservative than legislative constraints.
Besides the items specifically considered in the LCR disclosure
template, Rabobank also takes into account transferability and
inconvertibility restrictions of local liquidity buffers. In addition it
has been assessed whether retail deposits qualify for the higher
retail outflow treatment. Under item 11 in table 10.2.2 we have
included a 3-notch credit rating downgrade scenario and the
historical-look-back-approach.
Collateral calls are calculated on a daily basis based on the
previous day close of business MtM. The calculation takes into
account Credit Support Annex (CSA) specificities like thresholds
and minimum transfer amounts (MTA).
In our 2018 ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment
Process) we concluded that our overall liquidity risk management
is at an adequate level. The size and quality of our liquidity buffer
is significantly higher than internal limits, by which we should be
able to survive at least for three months in case of a severe
combined stress situation. Further, the liquidity buffer is also
higher than what is required by regulators, also with respect to
fully phased-in Basel III liquidity requirements such as the LCR and
NSFR.
0 40 6020 80 100
Euro
Swiss franc
Pound Sterling
Australian dollar
Other
US dollar
78%
5%
4%
11%
Figure 4: Currency split HQLAby currency, outstanding at year-end 2018
2%
1%
Of the HQLA liquidity buffer 79% (2017: 67%) consists of deposits
at central banks, mainly held at the DNB, the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, the Swiss National Bank and the Bank of England. The
most liquid category of the buffer (Level 1 assets) constitutes
approximately 97% of the HQLA buffer (and 70% of the total
buffer). The liquidity buffer reported contains unencumbered
assets only and is managed by the Treasury department. In
addition to the HQLA buffer, a significant amount of central bank
eligible, retained unencumbered RMBS notes, secured by
residential mortgages originated by Rabobank, is held as a buffer
for liquidity purposes. Furthermore, Rabobank has a portfolio of
short-term secured financing transactions, secured mostly by
equity (16.4 billion), that can be terminated or liquidated at short
notice. Of this portfolio, 3.3 billion is eligible for inclusion in the
HQLA liquidity buffer. The remaining 13.1 billion is not included
in the liquidity buffer table.
Figure 5: Maturity date,Iong-term wholesale fundingat year-end 2018, in billions of euros
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Years
2025 2026 2027 2028 2028+
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 73
Figure 6: Remaining maturity calender,short-term debt securitiesat year-end 2018, in billions of euros
< 1 week 2-3
months
1 week -
1 month
4-6
months
7-12
months
12+
months
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Funding StrategyThe bank’s funding strategy strives for diversification of funding
in terms of products, tenor, markets and currencies. As part of the
Strategic Framework 2016-2020, Rabobank aims to reduce its
wholesale funding. In 2018, the amount of wholesale funding,
defined as outstanding long- and short-term issued debt
instruments, decreased from 160 billion to 153 billion, also
impacted by exchange rates. Table 10.2.3 shows the various
funding sources. The Domestic Retail Banking business is to a
large extent funded by deposits from retail customers. In 2018,
funds entrusted by customers of the Domestic Retail Banking
business increased by 7.9 billion, mainly due to an increase in
current accounts and savings from small businesses and
corporates. Funds entrusted by customers of the domestic non-
retail banking business decreased by 5.5 billion.
Table 10.2.3: Funding Mix
in billions of euros at year-end 2018 at year-end 2017
Funds entrusted 337.4 335.1
Domestic retail banking business 236.7 228.8
- Private individuals 136.3 133.6
- Other customers 100.4 95.2
Domestic non-retail banking 42.2 47.7
International 58.4 58.5
- Private individuals 26.3 27.4
- Other customers 32.2 31.1
Interbank funding 19.3 18.5
TLTRO 5.0 5.0
Repos 0.1 0.5
Wholesale funding 153.2 160.4
Short-term debt securities 29.7 37.7
- Of which CD/CP 25.1 33.8
- Of which ABCP 4.6 3.9
Long-term wholesale funding 123.5 122.7
- Of which Medium Term Notes 79.7 86.7
- Of which RMBS and other ABS 20.9 17.3
- Of which covered bonds 6.3 2.5
- Of which subordinated debt securities 16.5 16.1
Additional contractual obligations in case of a ratingdowngradeIn the event of a downgrade of Rabobank’s credit rating, the bank
could be required to provide additional collateral or be faced with
an outflow of liquidity. The table below shows the potential
maximum outflow if the rating of Rabobank would deteriorate
by one, two or three notches.
Table 10.2.4: Potential Maximum Outflow of Liquidity
Amounts in millions of euros 31-12-2018
Funding Derivatives Other Total
Rating downgrade:
1 notch 1,282 28 110 1,420
2 notch 753 275 1,343 2,371
3 notch 1,145 1,824 269 3,238
Total for 3 notches 3,179 2,126 1,723 7,028
The table shows a split between funding, derivatives and other
instruments. Funding instruments include fixed-term deposits,
bonds, loans and professional funding with rating triggers.
Derivatives can also contain rating triggers that result in
additional liquidity risk. In some cases, a rating trigger may have
been agreed on services provided to clients. For instance, a Letter
of Credit or a guarantee on behalf of a client granted by Rabobank
may contain a rating trigger. Under certain circumstances, the
beneficiary of this guarantee may request that the guaranteed
sum be paid out if the rating of Rabobank drops below a certain
level. This initial outflow is recognised under ‘Other’. As a result
Rabobank has a direct claim on the customer for whom the
guarantee was provided.
Asset EncumbranceIn certain cases, assets on the bank’s balance sheet are
encumbered. The EBA considers an asset encumbered if it has
been pledged or tied-up and is subject to any form of
arrangement to secure, collateralise or credit enhance any
transaction from which it cannot be freely withdrawn. As such,
pledged assets that are subject to any restrictions in withdrawal,
such as assets that require prior approval before withdrawal or
replacement by other assets, should be considered encumbered.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 74
On December 31, 2018, 66 (2017: 54) billion of the assets of
Rabobank’s balance sheet were encumbered. The on-balance
sheet asset encumbrance primarily comprises mortgages and
other loans used in securitisations and covered bonds.
Furthermore assets are encumbered as a result of mandatory
minimum reserve requirements and margining of derivative
exposures.
The tables below provide an overview of the asset encumbrance
position of Rabobank. The values reported are median values
computed over the preceding four quarters. All totals are
reported using the median-of-the-sums method
Table 10.2.5: Encumbered Assets
Amounts in millions of euros Carrying amount ofencumbered assets
Fair value ofencumbered assets
Carrying amount ofunencumbered
assets
Fair value ofunencumbered
assets
Based on median values, computed over the 4 quarters preceding year-end2018
Assets of the reporting institution 63,318 - 546,288 -
Loans on demand 4,253 - 69,692 -
Equity instruments - - 1,075 1,075
Debt securities 6,669 6,669 19,114 19,114
Loans and advances others than loans on demand 51,052 - 405,652 -
Other assets 376 - 47,389 -
Securities received in reverse repo transactions are not
recognised on the balance sheet. For asset encumbrance
reporting, these securities are considered as collateral received.
Most of the collateral swaps and repurchase agreements that
Rabobank performs are conducted using securities received in
security finance transactions. These so-called re-used securities
are therefore reported as encumbered collateral received. On
December 31, 2018 the total asset encumbrance related to
collateral received was 13 (2017: 13) billion.
Table 10.2.6: Collateral Received
Amounts in millions of euros
Fair value ofencumbered collateral
received or own debtsecurities issued
Fair value of collateralreceived or own debt
securities issuedavailable for
encumbrance
Based on median values, computed over the 4 quarters preceding year-end 2018
Collateral received by the reporting institution 13,943 31,897
Loans on demand - 262
Equity instruments 8,636 20,979
Debt securities 5,306 6,221
Loans and advances others than loans on demand - -
Other collateral received - 4,957
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs - 41
The total asset encumbrance per December 31, 2018 was 77
(2017: 68) billion. This includes both assets of Rabobank and asset
encumbrance following encumbered collateral received. The
slight increase in encumbrance can mainly be explained by an
increase in secured funding. The median asset encumbrance,
measured over the balance sheet of Rabobank, was 10.4% (9.1%).
The following table combines the previous two tables along with
their associated liabilities, showing that the majority of
Rabobank’s asset encumbrance can be associated with
derivatives and funding (issued debt), which as per year end 2018
amounted to 10 billion and 33 billion, respectively.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 75
Table 10.2.7: Matching Liabilities
Amounts in millions of euros Matching liabilities, contingentliabilities or securities lent
Assets, collateral received andown debt securities issued other
than covered bonds and ABSsencumbered
Based on median values, computed over the 4 quarters preceding year-end 2018
Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities 54,992 58,110
Derivatives 10,888 10,916
Repurchase agreements 2,922 2,922
Collateralised deposits other than repurchase agreements 9,893 11,692
Debt securities issued 30,987 32,599
of which: asset-backed securities issued 24,799 25,076
Other sources of encumbrance 18,127 18,346
Total sources of encumbrance 73,711 76,937
Importance of Asset Encumbrance for RabobankRabobank has encumbered a small part of its loan portfolio for
issuing covered bonds and asset-backed securities (ABS) like
residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and asset-backed
commercial paper (ABCP). The pool of assets that secures these
transactions exceeds the value of the issued securities, meaning
that the securities are overcollateralised. Rabobank has also
pledged cash to fulfil mandatory minimum reserve requirements.
This pledged cash cannot be freely withdrawn on a continuous
basis and is therefore considered encumbered. Furthermore,
assets are encumbered for repurchase agreements and collateral
swaps. These transactions are generally conducted using
securities received in reverse repo transactions. As a result, the
associated encumbrance generally relates to re-used collateral.
Rabobank participates in TLTRO II, for which assets are pledged
as collateral. Finally, part of Rabobank’s encumbrance results from
collateral posted for derivatives transactions and for some
mortgage saving deposits.
Rabobank has a low level of asset encumbrance, which results
from prudential balance sheet management. The evolution in the
level of asset encumbrance over time is limited and is mainly
driven by secured funding issuance and variation in assets
pledged due to market value variations of derivatives. The assets
reported under ‘Other assets’ in table 10.2.5 mainly relate to
derivatives, real estate, and property tax and deferred tax. The
majority of this positon is not available for encumbrance.
Rabobank has debt securities encumbered between branches
resulting from intercompany repo transactions. Given that these
branches are consolidated within the same legal entity, the
intragroup asset encumbrance is considered to be negligible.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 76
This chapter describes the Group Remuneration Policy of Rabobank Group.
11.1 General Principles forRemuneration
Rabobank Group has a meticulous, well-managed and
sustainable remuneration policy which is in keeping with the
strategy, the willingness to take risks, the cooperative objectives
and the core values of Rabobank. The remuneration policy is
customer-oriented and takes into consideration the long-term
interests of the bank, the international context of the markets in
which Rabobank is active and also the general interest. This Group
Remuneration Policy has been drawn up based on the bank’s
cooperative identity.
As a cooperative bank, Rabobank is sailing its own – relatively
moderate – course when it comes to defining pay levels. Our aim
is to pay no more than the median level within the relevant
market for established businesses and jobs, based on total
reward. In general, variable pay within Rabobank makes up a
relatively small proportion of total reward and is no longer
existent for the majority of functions in the organisation.
Nevertheless, Rabobank must be able to attract, retain, and
motivate the right people with the right capabilities at the right
time, leading to a (slightly) different choice of pay mix in some
environments and markets.
The key principles that are core to our remuneration policy have
been included in our Vision on Remuneration. This vision applies
across all Rabobank entities, including Rabobank and its local
banks within the Netherlands, affiliates and business lines within
the Netherlands and abroad.
11.2 Group Remuneration Policy
11.2.1. ScopeBuilding on the Vision on Remuneration, the Group Remuneration
Policy applies to all business lines and subsidiary organisations
of Rabobank, in the Netherlands and abroad. The Group
Remuneration Policy underlines our striving for a meticulous,
restrained and sustainable remuneration policy, and contains at
least the minimum requirements to be satisfied in the area of a
risk-mitigated remuneration policy under applicable national and
international laws and regulations.
Every year the Group Remuneration Policy is evaluated and
adjusted. As from January 1, 2017, the deferral scheme was altered
into a pro rata vesting scheme (instead of cliff vesting). Also, a 5-
years deferral scheme was introduced for senior management. In
2018, there were no material changes in the policy. One of the
minor changes concerns a more explicit distinction between
sign-on bonuses and buy outs and amended governance for
these pay elements.
11.2.2. GovernanceThe remuneration policy describes the processes to monitor
remuneration practice and the responsibility and competencies
of the Supervisory Board of Rabobank, as the main supervisory
body within the organisation. The Supervisory Board has the
ultimate supervisory function with regard to the design and
implementation of the Group Remuneration Policy and is
responsible for its adoption after approval by the Managing
Board. For any material exception of the Group Remuneration
Policy, the approval of the Supervisory Board is mandatory. The
Supervisory Board had 14 meetings in 2018, including extra
meetings (plus 11 sessions for continuing professional education
and several private sessions). The decisions of the Supervisory
Board concerning remuneration are prepared by the
Remuneration & HR Committee, a standing committee of the
Supervisory Board (see Annual report for more information about
this Committee). In performing its duties, the Remuneration & HR
Committee is advised by the Rabobank Group Monitoring
Committee (MC RG), which operates at group level and in which
the various monitoring functions (HR, Compliance, Control, Risk
Management) are represented.
To secure the proper implementation of the Group Remuneration
Policy, including the involvement of the monitoring functions,
Monitoring Committees also have been established at the level
of group entities and subsidiaries. These Monitoring Committees
report to the local Supervisory Boards, and to the MC RG.
11. Remuneration
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 77
11.2.3. ContentThe Group Remuneration Policy contains specific provisions for
(1) all employees, (2) staff in monitoring functions and (3)
Identified Staff.
11.2.3.1 Remuneration Rules for All Employees
The remuneration of all employees is subject to a number of rules
and prohibitions. Thus, for example, guaranteed bonuses are
restricted and there will be no reward for failure.
The Managing Board is authorized to reclaim, either in whole or
in part, the variable pay which has already been paid to both
employees and former employees (‘claw back’), if:
• the payment was made based on incorrect or misleading
information regarding the achievement of performance
targets which formed the basis of the variable pay or
concerning the circumstances on which the variable pay was
made dependent;
• it concerns fraudulent actions by the employee in question;
• it concerns participation in or responsibility for conduct that
has led to considerable loss and/or damage to the reputation
of Rabobank and/or the subsidiary or group entity; and/or
• the employee did not meet applicable standards regarding
ability and correct conduct.
11.2.3.2 Remuneration Rules for Monitoring Functions
The remuneration of Identified Staff in a control role, referred to
as monitoring functions (HR, Control, Risk Management,
Compliance, Legal and Internal Audit), is bound by strict
conditions. This ensures their independence with regard to their
monitoring role. For monitoring functions the following
requirements are applicable:
• the amount of the fixed pay of employees in a monitoring
function will be sufficient to guarantee that Rabobank can
attract qualified and experienced employees;
• in the allocation between fixed and variable pay, fixed pay is
preferred and variable pay, if any, is always less than 50% of
fixed pay;
• objectives for awarding variable pay are predominantly
function-related. Financial criteria are not based on the
financial results of the entity being monitored by the
employee in the monitoring function;
• variable pay is only paid to employees in monitoring functions
when at least 50% of the specific job-related targets were
met, so as to emphasize the appropriate performance of the
functional role.
11.2.3.3 Remuneration Rules for Identified Staff
Following EBA guidelines, Rabobank identified material risk takers
based on qualitative and quantitative criteria, including the 0.3%
highest paid employees. At the start of 2018 423 positions were
designated as Identified Staff positions: employees in these
positions may have a material influence on the risk profile of
Rabobank. During the year, 46 positions were added, so in total
469 Identified Staff positions were in scope. Within Rabobank the
main risks are credit, market and operational risks.
Fixed remuneration is only cash based and consists of monthly
paid salaries , and where appropriate holiday allowances, 13th
month and pension contributions. Job-evaluation leads to a
function scale for each position. Each function scale is
accompanied by a salary scale. Market value allowances can be
awarded as a fixed component of the monthly paid salary if the
situation in the labour market gives rise to it. These allowances
are granted and defined for the term during which the job is held.
The amount paid in the market value allowance is fixed and
irrevocable for the term during which the job and the associated
responsibilities are held.
Strict remuneration regulations apply to the group of Identified
Staff. Any variable remuneration awarded to these employees is
based on the outcome of a mix of performance objectives, with
objectives at group level (20%), business level (minimum 20%)
and individual level (minimum 20%). In 2018 the objectives at
group level related to the ROIC of Rabobank and customer
satisfaction group-wide. In total, no more than 50% of the
objectives of Identified Staff have a financial nature.
The distribution between group, group entity and individual
targets described above, involves a minimum requirement
applicable for each Identified Staff employee who receives
variable remuneration. The final weighting of these targets per
employee depends on the function and activities of the
employee. Therefore, the applicable Monitoring Committee will
monitor the quality and distribution at the individual level in
order to ensure that there is an appropriate balance which does
not induce undesirable incentives.
Due to the different ways in which variable remuneration is
determined within Rabobank, the way in which the Performance
Management framework is elaborated may differ between the
subsidiaries and group entities. In all cases however the required
distribution of performance objectives is accounted for.
Performance management objectives are set individually, taking
strategic and year plans into account. Targets for Identified Staff
at group level are set top-down. Any material deviation (as
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 78
defined in the policy) from the above must be fully described and
then approved by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the
exceptions procedure. More information about performance
management objectives can be found in the Annual report.
No variabele pay is paid to the members of the Managing Board
and to most executives. Payment of variable remuneration to
Identified Staff takes place over a period long enough to
adequately take risks into account, related to the underlying
business activities. Therefore, a significant proportion of at least
40% of the variable remuneration is conditional and deferred for
all Identified Staff, unless the variable remuneration does not
exceed EUR 10.000 or one month of salary. The deferred part of
the variable pay vests for Identified Staff, being not senior
management, in equal parts during three years after the end of
the relevant performance period, provided that (i) the participant
is still employed by Rabobank at that time, and (ii) the ex-post
evaluation does not give cause to adjust the deferred part of the
variable pay (malus). For senior management, the deferred part
of the variable pay vests in equal parts during five years after the
end of the relevant performance period.
With respect to the application of malus the following assessment
framework is applied to all Identified Staff:
• proof of material errors by the employee;
• award of the variable pay on the basis of incorrect, misleading
information or as a result of fraudulent conduct by the relevant
employee;
• participation in or responsibility for conduct that has led to
considerable loss and/or damage to the reputation of
Rabobank;
• proof of the employee not meeting the applicable standards
with respect to ability and correct conduct;
• overall financial performance. The minimum requirement is
that after award and payment of variable pay, Rabobank’s CET1
capital ratio must be at or above the threshold laid down
under the applicable legislation (Basel). If and to the extent
that this minimum requirement is not met, variable pay will
not be awarded or paid (in full);
• a significant breach in risk management;
• a significant negative change in the CET1 capital ratio of
Rabobank.
Of both the direct part and the deferred part of the variable pay
of Identified Staff, 50% is awarded in cash (cash component). The
other 50% is awarded in the form of an instrument (instrument
component, i.e. the Deferred Remuneration Note (DRN)). The
value of a DRN is linked to the price of a Rabobank Certificate,
registered at NYSE Euronext. For one Identified Staff employed at
Rabo Real Estate Group an alternative instrument applies.
Rabobank offers no fixed or variable pay in the form of options
or shareholding rights to employees.
Guaranteed variable remuneration is only permitted in the form
of a sign-on bonus in the first year of employment. These bonuses
can only be awarded if Rabobank has a strong and solid capital
basis.
Severance payments must be demonstrably related to the
performance of the employee over time. For daily policy-makers
(‘Dagelijks Beleidsbepalers’) severance payments are capped at a
maximum of 100% of the fixed pay on an annual basis.
11.3 Quantitative Information
Table 11.3.1 discloses the remuneration awarded to Identified
Staff relating to 2018. Because of turnover, the number of
beneficiaries is higher than the number of Identified Staff
positions. The numbers displayed for DLL (shown under line item
'Leasing) are also disclosed on a subconsolidated level in the
Pillar3 report of DLL.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 79
Table 11.3.1: Remuneration Identified Staff
Amounts in thousands of eurosNumberofbeneficiariesFixed pay
Cashbased
Instrumentbased
Variablepay
Directcash
DirectInstruments
DeferredCash
DeferredInstruments
Ratiovariable-fixed(mean)
Managing Board 10 10,174 10,174 - - - - - - -
Senior Management (excl. MB) Retail 28 7,434 7,434 - 610 190 180 120 120 25.7%
Wholesale 10 3,851 3,851 - 1,021 306 306 204 204 56.9%
Treasury 0 - - - - - - - - -
RealEstate 0 - - - - - - - - -
Indep.Controlfunctions 16 4,890 4,890 - 20 20 - - - 7.2%
Corp.functions 39 11,786 11,786 - 379 121 111 74 74 26.7%
All other Retail 79 24,405 24,405 - 3,825 1,095 1,109 811 811 54.5%
Wholesale 90 27,687 27,687 - 14,785 4,331 4,357 3,049 3,049 61.2%
Treasury 13 3,570 3,570 - 1,342 403 403 268 268 44.1%
RealEstate 4 1,971 1,971 - 195 64 64 33 33 12.4%
Indep.Controlfunctions 106 21,393 21,393 - 2,446 741 731 487 487 29.0%
Corp.functions 57 10,445 10,445 - 992 313 291 194 194 26.6%
Total 452 127,606 127,606 - 25,616 7,584 7,551 5,241 5,241 46.4%
The conversion of foreign currency into euro's, as shown in the
tables of this paragraph, are based on the average FX rates in the
period January to October 2018. The value of the Deferred
Remuneration Notes is based on the average closing rates of
Rabobank Certificates of February 1-7, 2019 (EUR 28.45).
For all Identified Staff variable pay is no more than 100% of fixed
pay; 262 Identified Staff received no variable pay at all. The mean
ratio variable-fixed is calculated for Identified Staff actually being
awarded variable pay.
As the Supervisory Board does not receive variable pay, this
category Identified Staff is not included in the tables of this
paragraph. The members of the Supervisory Board received in
aggragate an amount of EUR 992.000 in cash, in the form of a fixed
remuneration. Detailed information about the remuneration of
the members of the Managing Board and the members of the
Supervisory Board can be found in the annual report.
The figures in the tables in this paragraph are exclusive of any sign
on bonuses or severance payments. In 2018, no sign on bonuses
and no retention bonuses were awarded to Identified Staff. For
one Identified Staff, a buy out of EUR 94.741 was agreed upon,
subject to the full deferral schedule. Severance payments were
paid to 22 Identified Staff for the total amount of EUR 6,882,802,
with the highest being EUR 1,072,308. In total eight Identified
Staff earned a total remuneration (including pension
contributions) between 1.0 and 1.5.
Table 11.3.2 discloses the actual payments to Identified Staff.
Distinction is made between the direct payments of the cash
based direct variable pay relating to performance year 2018, and
the amounts that are payable from former years (i.e. direct
instruments, relating to 2017, that have been held for one year,
and all deferred amounts that vested in 2018).
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 80
Table 11.3.2: Actual Payments to Identified Staff
Amounts in thousands of eurosCash, over 2018 Cash, over former years Instruments, over 2018
Instruments, over formeryears
Managing Board - - - -
Senior Management (excl. MB) Retail 190 122 - 302
Wholesale 306 159 - 435
Treasury - - - -
Real Estate - 8 - 10
Indep. Controlfunctions 20 - - 3
Corp. functions 121 30 - 97
All other Retail 1,095 1,736 - 1,555
Wholesale 4,331 4,331 - 5,850
Treasury 403 637 - 842
Real Estate 64 88 - 75
Indep. Controlfunctions 741 659 - 779
Corp. functions 313 293 - 471
Total 7,584 8,063 10,419
Malus and Claw BackNo malus (withdrawal of conditional amounts) nor claw back
(withdrawal of unconditional and/or already paid out amounts)
were applied to Identified Staff members in 2018. For three
Identified Staff members, the awarding of variable pay regarding
performance year 2018 as well as paying out deferred variable pay
relating to previous years, was suspended, awaiting the results
of a current investigation.
Table 11.3.3 shows the outstanding deferred compensation for
Identified Staff. Vested amounts are unconditional, but the
instrument parts are subject to a holding period of one year.
Deferred cash is paid out directly after vesting, so no outstanding
vested cash exists. The unvested amounts are conditional, and
may be subject to malus in the future.
Table 11.3.3: Total Amount of Outstanding Deferred Compensation Identified Staff
Amounts in thousands of euros Cash, vested Cash, unvested Instruments, vested Instruments, unvested
Managing Board - - - -
Senior Management (excl. MB) Retail - 298 305 291
Wholesale - 546 467 537
Treasury - - - -
Real Estate - 8 9 8
Indep. Controlfunctions - - - -
Corp. functions - 301 140 299
All other Retail - 2,706 2,899 2,687
Wholesale - 9,211 8,821 9,104
Treasury - 973 1,071 961
Real Estate - 128 139 130
Indep. Controlfunctions - 1,171 1,415 1,161
Corp. functions - 510 598 504
Total - 15,853 15,865 15,682
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 81
Exceptions to the Group Remuneration PolicyThe Supervisory Board has agreed to apply the GRP of 2016
instead of the GRP 2017 (and succesively the GRP 2018) for two
employees at Rabo Real Estate Group. For those Identified Staff
employees an alternative instrument applies, and at least 50% of
their variable remuneration is deferred. One of these employees
left Rabo Real Estate Group during 2018, the other will move to
Rabobank, which means that the Deferred Remuneration Note
will apply from that moment.
For one Identified Staff member with a terminated employment
agreement, the Supervisory Board agreed upon grandfathering
the remaining part of the conditional variable pay entitlement,
that will be paid out at the end of the deferral period, whilst taking
into account the retention period, unless malus or claw back will
be applied.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 82
The Basel Committee published a document in July 2013 titled
‘Global systemically important banks: updated assessment
methodology and the higher loss absorbency requirement’. This
document cites 12 indicators based on which banks can be
classified as systemically important on a global scale. The
document indicates that banks with a leverage ratio exposure
exceeding 200 billion have to disclose at least these 12 indicators.
The size indicators as at December 31, 2018 will be available
online in April 2019 on www.rabobank.com/annualreports.
12. Global Systemically Important Banks - 12Indicators
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 83
The Managing Board of Rabobank declares that the risk
management arrangements of Rabobank are adequate and
assures that the risk management systems put in place are
adequate to Rabobank’s profile and strategy.
Petra van Hoeken, member of the Executive Board, has laid down
her role as Chief Risk Officer (CRO) per 1 February 2019. Els de
Groot took over her activities as CRO. During summer 2019 Petra
will resign for her remaining tasks and her employment
relationship with Rabobank will be terminated.
Managing Board
Wiebe Draijer, Chair
Bas Brouwers, CFO
Els de Groot, CRO
Kirsten Konst, Member
Bart Leurs, Member
Mariëlle Lichtenberg, Member
Berry Marttin, Member
Jan van Nieuwenhuizen, Member
Ieko Sevinga, Member
Janine Vos, Member
13. Declaration Managing Board
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 84
14. Appendices
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 85
14.1 Transitional Own Funds Disclosure Template
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: instruments and reserves
(A) (B) (C)
Amounts in millions of eurosAmount At Disclosure
Date
Regulation (eu) no575/2013 articlereference
Amounts subject topreregulation (eu) no
575/2013 treatment orprescribed residual
amount of regulation(eu) no 575/ 2013
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 7,44526 (1), 27, 28, 29, EBA list26 (3)
of which: Rabobank Certificates 7,445 EBA list 26 (3)
of which: Instrument type 2 EBA list 26 (3)
of which: Instrument type 3 EBA list 26 (3)
2 Retained earnings 26,119 26 (1) (c)
3Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves, to includeunrealised gains and losses under the applicable accounting standards) -798 26 (1)
3a Funds for general banking risk 26 (1) (f )
4Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) and the related sharepremium accounts subject to phase out from CET1 486 (2)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (2)
5 Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) 84, 479, 480
5a Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend 1,894 26 (2)
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 34,660
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) -190 34, 105
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) -962 36 (1) (b), 37, 472 (4)
9 Empty Set in the EU
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising fromtemporary differences (net of associated tax liabilities where the conditions in Article38 (3) are met (negative amount) -247 36 (1) (c), 38, 472 (5)
11 Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges 40 33 (a)
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected losses amounts -1,00336 (1) (d), 40, 159, 472(6)
13 Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount) 32 (1)
14Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own creditstanding -39 33 (b)
15 Defined benefit pension fund assets (negative amount) -6 36 (1) (e), 41, 472 (7)
16Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negativeamount) -21 36 (1) (f ), 42, 472 (8)
17
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sectorentities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institutiondesigned to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 36 (1) (g), 44, 472 (9)
18
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financialsector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in thoseentities (amount above the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions)(negative amount)
36 (1) (h), 43, 45, 46, 49(2)(3), 79, 472 (10)
19
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments offinancial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in thoseentities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negativeamount)
36 (1) (i), 43, 45, 47, 48(1) (b), 49 (1) to (3), 79,470, 472 (11)
20 Empty Set in the EU
20aExposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where theinstitution opts for the deduction alternative -30 36 (1) (k)
20b Of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (i), 89 to 91
20c Of which: securitisation positions (negative amount) -3036 (1) (k) (ii) 243 (1) (b)244 (1) (b) 258
20d Of which: free deliveries (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (iii), 379 (3)
21
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10%threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in 38 (3) are met) (negativeamount)
36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a),470, 472 (5)
22 Amount exceeding the 15% threshold (negative amount) 48 (1)
23
of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments offinancial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in thoseentities
36 (1) (i), 48 (1) (b), 470,472 (11)
24 Empty Set in the EU
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 86
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: instruments and reserves
25 of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a),470, 472 (5)
25a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount) 36 (1) (a), 472 (3)
25b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items (negative amount) 36 (1) (l)
26Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 in respect of amountssubject to pre-CRR treatment
26aRegulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles467 and 468
Of which: 467
Of which: ... filter for unrealised loss 2 467
Of which: filter for unrealised gain on available for sale Equity instruments 468
Of which: filter for unrealised gain on available for sale Debt instruments 468
26bAmount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regardto additional filters and deductions required pre CRR -80 481 11
Of which: Irrevocable Payment Commitment -91 481
Of which: amendments to IAS 19 11 481 11
27Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 capital of the institution (negativeamount) 36 (1) (j)
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) -2,538 36 (1) (f ), 42, 472 (8) 11
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 32,122 36 (1) (f ), 42, 472 (8) 11
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 3,721 51, 52
31 Of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards 3,721
32 Of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards
33Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related sharepremium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 3,325 486 (3)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 486 (3)
34Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minorityinterests not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 85, 86, 480
35 Of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 486 (3)
36 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 7,046
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 Instruments (negativeamount) -99
52 (1) (b), 56 (a), 57, 475(2)
38
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sectorentities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institutiondesigned to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 56 (b), 58, 475 (3)
39
Direct and indirect holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities wherethe institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount abovethe 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 56 (c), 59, 60, 79, 475 (4)
40
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financialsector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities(amount above the 10% threshold net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) -1 56 (d), 59, 79, 475 (4)
41
Regulatory adjustments applied to additional tier 1 in respect of amounts subject topre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed inRegulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)
41a
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deductionfrom Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
472, 472(3)(a), 472 (4),472 (6), 472 (8) (a), 472(9), 472 (10) (a), 472 (11)(a)
Of which: Intangible assets
Of which: Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected lossesamounts
41b
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deductionfrom Tier 2 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation(EU) No 575/2013 477, 477 (3), 477 (4) (a)
Of which items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in Tier 2instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of otherfinancial sector entities, etc
41cAmount to be deducted from or added to Additional Tier 1 capital with regard toadditional filters and deductions required pre- CRR 467, 468, 481
Of which: 481 deducted from or added to Additional 467
Of which: ... possible filter for unrealised gains 468
Of which: ... 481
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 87
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: instruments and reserves
42Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negativeamount) 56 (e)
43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital -100
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 6,946
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 39,068 11
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 14,275 62, 63
47Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related sharepremium accounts subject to phase out from T2 486 (4)
47 Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (4)
48
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (includingminority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued bysubsidiaries and held by third parties 87, 88, 480
49 Of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 486 (4)
50 Credit risk adjustments 62 (c) & (d)
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 14,275
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments andsubordinated loans (negative amount) -84
63 (b) (i), 66 (a), 67, 477(2)
53
Holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entitieswhere those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed toinflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 66 (b), 68, 477 (3)
54
Direct and indirect holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financialsector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in thoseentities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negativeamount) 66 (c), 69, 70, 79, 477 (4)
54a Of which new holdings not subject to transitional arrangements
54b Of which holdings before 1 January 2013 and subject to transitional arrangements
55
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments andsubordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significantinvestment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 66 (d), 69, 79, 477 (4)
56
Regulatory adjustments applied to tier 2 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRRtreatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed inRegulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)
56a
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction fromCommon Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
472, 472(3)(a), 472 (4),472 (6), 472 (8) (a), 472(9), 472 (10) (a), 472 (11)(a)
Of which: Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected lossesamounts
Of which: Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significantinvestment in those entities
475, 475 (2) (a), 475 (3),475 (4) (a)
56b
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction fromAdditional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 ofRegulation (EU) No 575/2013
475, 475 (2) (a), 475 (3),475 (4) (a)
Of which: items to be detailed line by line, e.g. reciprocal cross holdings in at1instruments, direct holdings of non significant investments in the capital of otherfinancial sector entities, etc
56cAmount to be deducted from or added to Tier 2 capital with regard to additionalfilters and deductions required pre CRR 467, 468, 481
Of which: ? possible filter for unrealised losses 468
Of which: ? possible filter for realised losses 468
Of which: 4 56 (e)
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital -84
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 14,191
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 53,259 11
59a
Risk weighted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment andtransitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No575/2013(i.e. CRR residual amounts)
Of which: ted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment andtransitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) rely onfuture profitability net of related tax liability, indirect holdings of own CET1, etc)
472, 472 (5), 472 (8) (b),472 (10) (b), 472 (11) (b)
Of which: 5), 472 (8) (b), 472 (10) (b), 472 (11) (b) pre-CRR treatment andresidualamounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in T2instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of otherfinancial sector entities, etc.)
475, 475 (2) (b), 475 (2)(c), 475 (4) (b)
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 88
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: instruments and reserves
Items not deducted from T2 items (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 residual amounts)(items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Indirect holdings of own t2 instruments, indirectholdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sectorentities, indirect holdings of significant investments in the capital of other financialsector entities etc)
477, 477 (2) (b), 477 (2)(c), 477 (4) (b)
60 Total risk weighted assets 200,531
Capital ratios and buffers
61 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio 16.02% 92 (2) (a), 465
62 Tier 1 ratio 19.48% 92 (2) (b), 465
63 Total capital ratio 26.56% 92 (2) (c)
64
Institution specific buffer requirement (CET1 requirement in accordance with article92 (1) (a) plus capital conservation and countercyclical buffer requirements, plussystemic risk buffer, plus the systemically important institution buffer (GSII or O-SIIbuffer) 8.66% CRD 128, 129, 130
65 Of which: capital conservation buffer requirement 1.88%
66 Of which: countercyclical buffer requirement 0.03%
67 Of which: systemic risk buffer requirement 2.25%
67aOf which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other SystemicallyImportant Institution (O-SII) buffer 0.00% CRD 131
68 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio available to meet buffers 11.52% CRD 128
69 [non relevant in EU regulation]
70 [non relevant in EU regulation]
71 [non relevant in EU regulation]
Capital ratios and buffers
72
Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where theinstitution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 479
36 (1) (h), 45, 46, 472(10)56 (c), 59, 60, 475(4)66 (c), 69, 70, 477 (4)
73
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financialsector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities(amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 2,163
36 (1) (i), 45, 48, 470, 472(11)
74 Empty Set in the EU
75Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% thresholdnet of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) 1,027
36 (1) (c), 38, 48, 470,472 (5)
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2
76Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardisedapproach (prior to the application of the cap) 62
77 Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach 211 62
78Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internalratings-based approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62
79Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-basedapproach 773 62
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicablebetween 1 Jan 2013 and 1 Jan 2022)
80 Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
81Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions andmaturities) 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
82 Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 3,642 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
83Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions andmaturities) 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
84 Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 484 (3), 486 (2) & (5)
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 89
14.2 Capital Instruments Main Features Template
Capital Instruments Main Features Template
1 Issuer RABOBANK NEDERLAND
2 Unique identifier XS1002121454
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument Governed by laws of the Netherlands
Regulatory treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/ solo & (sub-)consolidated Consolidated and subconsolidated
7 Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction) CET1 instruments as publiched on EBA list
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of mostrecent reporting date) 7,445
9 Nominal amount of instrument 7,445
9a Issue price 25 (not in millions)
9b Redemption price n/a
10 Accounting classification Shareholders Equity
11 Original date of issuance 24-1-2014
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual
13 Original maturity date No maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval n/a
15 Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount n/a
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable n/a
Coupon/ dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend/coupon Floating, with floor
18 Coupon rate and any related index
RabobankNederland intends to make payments on each Rabobank Participationon every Intended Payment Due Date (as defined below) beginning on the firstIntended Payment Due Date following the Listing of an amount equal to thehigher of: (1) €0.40625; and(2( the three-month arithmetical average (rounded totwo decimal places) on an annual basis of the effective return on the most recentReference Loan (as defined below) (or, if there is no Reference Loan, the mostrecent Alternative Reference Loan (as defined below)) for the previous CalculationPeriod (as defined below) immediately preceding the Intended Payment Period(as defined below), plus 1.5%, calculated based on a nominal value of €25 dividedby four.
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing) Fully discretionary
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms ofamount)
Fully discretionary
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No
22 Non-cumulative or cumulative Non-cumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s)
25 If convertible, fully or partially
26 If convertible, conversion rate
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into
30 Write-down features
31 If write-down, write-down triggers(s)
32 If write-down, full or partial
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism
35 Position in subordinated hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument typeimmediately senior to instrument) Subordinated to Additional Tier 1
36 Non-compliant transitioned features
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features
In addition to this appendix 'Appendix 14.2 Capital Instruments
Main Features Template' is added as a seperate document.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 90
14.3 CRR Leverage Ratio
Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures
Amounts in millions of euros Applicable Amounts
1 Total assets as per published financial statements 590,437
2 Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatoryconsolidation
3(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting frameworkbut excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429(13) of Regulation (EU) No575/2013 "CRR")
4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments -14,487
5 Adjustments for securities financing transactions "SFTs" 726
6 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures) 26,912
EU-6a (Adjustment for intragroup exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article429 (7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013)
EU-6b (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (14) ofRegulation (EU) No 575/2013)
7 Other adjustments 4,264
8 Total leverage ratio exposure 607,852
CRR leverage ratio exposures
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral) 552,619
2 (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital) -2,250
3 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets) (sum of lines 1 and 2) 550,369
Derivative exposures
4 Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation margin) 3,026
5 Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions (mark-to-market method) 11,688
EU-5a Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method
6 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicableaccounting framework
7 (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) -6,683
8 (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures)
9 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives 142
10 (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)
11 Total derivative exposures (sum of lines 4 to 10) 8,173
Securities financing transaction exposures
12 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sales accounting transactions 21,867
13 (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)
14 Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets 531
EU-14a Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Article 429b (4) and 222 of Regulation (EU)No 575/2013
15 Agent transaction exposures
EU-15a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)
16 Total securities financing transaction exposures (sum of lines 12 to 15a) 22,398
Other off-balance sheet exposures
17 Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount 86,007
18 (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts) -59,095
19 Other off-balance sheet exposures (sum of lines 17 to 18) 26,912
Exempted exposures in accordance with CRR Article 429 (7) and (14) (on and off balance sheet)
EU-19a (Exemption of intragroup exposures (solo basis) in accordance with Article 429(7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (onand off balance sheet))
EU-19b (Exposures exempted in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet))
Capital and total exposures
20 Tier 1 capital 39,068
21 Total leverage ratio exposures (sum of lines 3, 11, 16, 19, EU-19a and EU-19b) 607,852
Leverage ratio
22 Leverage ratio 6.43%
Choice on transitional arrangements and amount of derecognised fiduciary items
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 91
Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures
EU-23 Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure Transitional
EU-24 Amount of derecognised fiduciary items in accordance with Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) NO 575/2013
Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures)
CRR leverage ratio exposures
EU-1 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which: 552,619
EU-2 Trading book exposures 3,419
EU-3 Banking book exposures, of which: 549,201
EU-4 Covered bonds
EU-5 Exposures treated as sovereigns 91,706
EU-6 Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE NOT treated as sovereigns
EU-7 Institutions 15,490
EU-8 Secured by mortgages of immovable properties 292,875
EU-9 Retail exposures 31,068
EU-10 Corporate 92,409
EU-11 Exposures in default 12,562
EU-12 Other exposures (eg equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets) 13,091
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 92
14.4 Countercyclical Buffer by Country and Institution-specificCountercyclical Buffer Rate
As per 31 December 2018
Countries General creditexposures Trading book exposure Securitisation exposure Own funds requirements
Amountsin millionsof euros
Exposurevalue under
theStandardized
Approach
Exposurevalue under
the IRBApproach
Sum of longand short
positions oftrading
bookexposures
for SA
Value oftrading
bookexposure
under theIRB
approach
Exposurevalue under
theStandardized
Approach
Exposurevalue under
the IRBApproach
Of which:general
creditexposures
Of which:trading
bookexposure
Of which:securitisation
exposureTotal
Own fundsrequirements
weights
Countercyclicalcapital
buffer rateset by the
DesignatedAuthority
Argentina 52 1,281 0 0 0 0 67 0 0 67 0.51% 0.00%
Australia 307 19,640 0 0 0 383 374 0 5 380 2.92% 0.00%
Austria 10 150 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 4 0.03% 0.00%
Belgium 18 2,689 0 0 0 0 92 0 0 92 0.70% 0.00%
Brazil 3,219 6,340 0 0 0 411 566 0 19 585 4.50% 0.00%
Brit. VirginIslands 0 331 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 17 0.13% 0.00%
Canada 97 4,572 0 0 0 0 123 0 0 123 0.95% 0.00%
Chili 931 1,089 0 0 0 0 98 0 0 98 0.76% 0.00%
China 306 1,104 0 0 0 55 77 0 1 78 0.60% 0.00%
Curacao 0 443 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 9 0.07% 0.00%
CzechRepublic 0 35 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0.01% 1.00%
Denmark 61 582 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 20 0.15% 0.00%
France 301 4,213 0 0 0 0 175 0 0 175 1.35% 0.00%
Germany 885 4,756 0 0 0 0 188 0 0 188 1.44% 0.00%
GreatBritain 295 6,360 0 0 0 85 200 0 1 201 1.55% 1.00%
HongKong 10 3,488 0 0 0 0 80 0 0 80 0.62% 1.88%
India 150 582 0 0 0 0 34 0 0 34 0.26% 0.00%
Indonesia 421 653 0 0 0 75 63 0 0 64 0.49% 0.00%
Ireland 1,138 1,472 0 0 0 27 139 0 0 139 1.70% 0.00%
Italy 147 1,644 0 0 0 0 96 0 0 96 0.74% 0.00%
Luxemburg 0 2,170 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 90 0.69% 0.00%
Mexico 262 1021 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 54 0.42% 0.00%
Netherlands 5,377 329,520 1 0 0 4,906 7,583 360 32 7975 61.37% 0.00%
NewZealand 374 9,100 0 0 0 0 193 0 0 193 1.49% 0.00%
Norway 68 714 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 17 0.13% 2.00%
Othercountries 742 3,824 0 0 0 6,676 224 0 69 293 1.70% 0.00%
Poland 482 264 0 0 0 0 50 0 0 50 0.39% 0.00%
Singapore 94 3,951 0 0 0 0 78 0 0 78 0.60% 0.00%
Spain 49 1,460 0 0 0 0 70 0 0 70 0.54% 0.00%
Sweden 63 888 0 0 0 0 32 0 0 32 0.25% 2.00%
Switzerland 108 3,431 0 0 0 218 80 0 2 82 0.63% 0.00%
Turkey 69 416 0 0 0 0 27 0 0 27 0.21% 0.00%
UnitedStates 2,169 50,584 0 0 0 1,826 1,552 0 30 1582 12.18% 0.00%
Total 18,205 468,767 1 0 0 14,662 12,473 360 159 12,994 100%
Amount of institution-specific countercyclical buffer
Amounts in millions of euros
Total risk exposure amount 200,531
Institution specific countercyclical buffer rate 0.035%
Institution specific countercyclical buffer requirement 70
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 93
14.5 Reconciliation with EBA-Guidelines and CRR Articles
Index templates of Guidelines on disclosure requirements under part eight of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 Location in Pillar 3 report as per 31 December2018
Template 1: EU LI1 Differences between accounting and regulatory scope of consolidation and mapping of financial statementcategories with regulatory risk categories 3.1
Template 2: EU LI2 Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements 3.1
Template 3: EU LI3 Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity-by-entity) not applicable
Template 4: EU OV1 Overview of RWA's 5.2
Template 5: EU CR10 IRB (specialised lending and equities) 6.2.1
Template 6: EU INS1 Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings not applicable
Template 23: EU CR8 RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach 6.2.1
Template 30: EU CCR7 RWA flow statements of CCR exosures under the IMM 6.3.2
Template 25: EU CCR1 Analysis of CCR exposure by approach 6.3.2
Template 26: EU CCR2 CVA capital charge 6.3.2
Template 27: EU CCR8 Exposures to CCPs 6.3.2
Template 31: EU CCR5-A Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values 6.3.2
Template 32: EU CCR5-B Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR 6.3.2
Template 33: EU CCR6 Credit derivatives exposure 6.3.2
Template 7: EU CRB-B Total and average net amount of exposures 6.2.1
Template 8: EU CRB-C Geographical breakdown of exposures 6.2.1
Template 9: EU CRB-D Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types 6.2.1
Template 10: EU CRB-E Maturity of exposures 6.2.1
Template 11: EU CR1-A Credit quality of exposures by exposure class and instrument 6.2.2
Template 12: EU CR1-B Credit quality of exposures by industry 6.2.2
Template 13: EU CR1-C Credit quality of exposures by geography 6.2.2
Template 14: EU CR1-D Ageing of past-due exposures 6.2.2
Template 15: EU CR1-E Non-performing and forborne exposures 6.2.3
Template 16: EU CR2-A Changes in the stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments 6.2.2
Template 17: EU CR2-B Changes in the stock of defaulted and impaired loans and debt securities 6.2.2
Template 20: EU CR5 Standardised approach 6.2.1
Template 28: EU CCR3 Standardised approach - CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk 6.3.2
Template 34: EU MR1 Market risk under the standardised approach 9.1.2
Template 21: EU CR6 IRB approach- Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range appendix
Template 24: EU CR9 IRB approach - Backtesting of PD per exposure class appendix
Template 29: EU CCR4 IRB approach - CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale 6.3.2
Template 18: EU CR3 CRM techniques - Overview 6.2.1
Template 19: EU CR4 Standardised approach- Credit risk exposure and CRM effects 6.2.1
Template 22: EU CR7 IRB Approach - Effect on the RWAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques not applicable
Template 35: EU MR2-A Market risk under the IMA 9.1.2
Template 36: EU MR2-B RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA 9.1.2
Template 37: EU MR3 IMA values for trading portfolios 9.1.2
Template 38: EU MR4 Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/ lossess 9.1.2
Template EU LIQ1 10.2
Pillar 3 disclosure topic with reference to CRR-article Location in Pillar 3 report 2018 Other locations
Risk management objectives and policies (Article 435) Paragraph 4.1 and Chapter 13 Disclosed on our website: Report on theBanking Code
Scope of application (Article 436) Chapter 3
Own funds (Article 437) Chapter 5, appendix 14.1 and 14.2
Capital requirements (Article 438) Chapter 5
Exposure to counterparty credit risk (Article 439) Paragraph 6.3
Capital buffers (Article 440) Appendix 14.4
Indicators of global systemic importance (Article 441 Chapter 12 Disclosed on our website: G-SIBassessment
Credit risk adjustments (Article 442) Paragraph 6.2
Unencumbered assets (Article 443) Paragraph 10.2
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 94
Pillar 3 disclosure topic with reference to CRR-article Location in Pillar 3 report 2018 Other locations
Use of ECAIs (Article 444) Paragraph 6.2
Exposure to market risk (Article 445) Paragraph 9.1
Operational risk (Article 446) Paragraph 8.1
Exposure in equities not included in the trading book (Article 447) Paragraph 6.6
Exposure to interest rate risk on positions not included in the trading book (Article 448) Paragraph 9.2
Exposure to securitization positions (Article 449) Chapter 7
Remuneration policy (Article 450) Chapter 11
Leverage (Article 451) Appendix 14.3
Use of the IRB approach to credit risk (Article 452) Paragraph 6.2
Use of credit risk mitigation techniques (Article 453) Paragraph 6.2
Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk (Article 454) Not applicable
Use of Internal Market Risk models (Article 455) Paragraph 9.1
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 95
14.6 Template 21: EU CR6 - IRB approach - Credit risk exposures by exposureclass and PD range
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Central governments orcentral banks
0.00 to<0.15 88,435 165 0.001 88,641 0.000 103 0.295 492 97 0.001 0 -1
Central governments orcentral banks
0.15 to<0.25 28 0 0.000 28 0.002 6 0.437 1,628 19 0.659 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
0.25 to<0.50 281 59 0.154 333 0.005 16 0.438 831 189 0.566 1 -4
Central governments orcentral banks
0.50 to<0.75 0 1 1.000 1 0.007 2 1.000 365 1 1.510 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
0.75 to<2.50 464 0 0.000 464 0.012 6 0.679 584 610 1.315 4 -1
Central governments orcentral banks
2.50 to<10.00 368 71 0.070 402 0.060 12 0.018 1,715 30 0.076 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
10.00 to<100.00 1 1 0.485 1 0.176 2 0.487 365 3 2.530 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
100.00(Default) 0 0
Central governmentsor central banks Subtotal 89,577 295 0.002 89,870 0.000 147 0.296 499 949 0.011 5 -6
Institutions0.00 to<0.15 2,610 1,930 0.358 4,239 0.001 643 0.262 1,079 683 0.161 1 -1
Institutions0.15 to<0.25 168 109 0.127 208 0.002 50 0.171 394 32 0.156 0 0
Institutions0.25 to<0.50 134 83 0.280 246 0.005 62 0.273 780 99 0.403 0 0
Institutions0.50 to<0.75 128 112 0.359 217 0.007 107 0.258 815 101 0.466 0 0
Institutions0.75 to<2.50 201 242 0.448 400 0.016 60 0.208 1,607 253 0.631 1 -1
Institutions2.50 to<10.00 6,912 295 0.039 384 0.038 52 0.330 814 381 0.990 5 -2
Institutions10.00 to<100.00 8 20 0.350 17 0.136 8 0.625 1,488 58 3.517 1 -1
Institutions100.00(Default) 449 0 0.000 453 1.000 6 0.088 927 37 0.082 37 -35
Institutions Subtotal 10,611 2,791 0.171 6,164 0.078 988 0.248 1,042 1,644 0.267 46 -39
Corporates0.00 to<0.15 12,286 18,157 0.473 27,439 0.001 2887 0.230 1,058 4,525 0.165 102 -46
Corporates0.15 to<0.25 10,016 5,328 0.304 15,154 0.002 2120 0.222 1,033 3,617 0.239 7 -6
Corporates0.25 to<0.50 25,917 13,580 0.266 37,344 0.004 5345 0.210 973 11,157 0.299 31 -23
Corporates0.50 to<0.75 15,951 6,176 0.214 21,244 0.007 4551 0.167 1,174 6,789 0.320 25 -16
Corporates0.75 to<2.50 42,815 10,931 0.165 52,738 0.014 12904 0.175 1,237 22,579 0.428 141 -84
Corporates2.50 to<10.00 33,172 5,895 0.120 38,281 0.043 12041 0.176 1,216 20,334 0.531 296 -133
Corporates10.00 to<100.00 1,978 381 0.116 2,254 0.174 962 0.295 1,059 3,247 1.440 116 -55
Corporates100.00(Default) 10,604 524 0.043 11,278 1.000 3800 0.226 1,215 3,127 0.277 2,414 -2,094
Corporates Subtotal 152,740 60,972 0.227 205,733 0.070 44610 0.195 1,136 75,375 0.366 3,131 -2,457
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.00 to<0.15 1,437 108 0.063 1,550 0.001 289 0.127 1,427 177 0.114 -42 41
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.15 to<0.25 956 79 0.067 1,037 0.002 215 0.100 1,326 139 0.134 0 0
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 96
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.25 to<0.50 3,505 249 0.064 3,781 0.004 555 0.114 1,383 733 0.194 2 -1
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.50 to<0.75 2,744 282 0.062 2,959 0.006 514 0.124 1,449 770 0.260 2 -1
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.75 to<2.50 7,277 1,085 0.115 8,319 0.014 1604 0.129 1,331 2,641 0.317 15 -7
Of which: Specialisedlending
2.50 to<10.00 3,115 186 0.055 3,331 0.045 904 0.144 1,234 1,485 0.446 23 -11
Of which: Specialisedlending
10.00 to<100.00 390 14 0.030 407 0.180 117 0.227 1,019 431 1.059 17 -8
Of which: Specialisedlending
100.00(Default) 1,208 27 0.016 1,246 1.000 356 0.198 1,347 342 0.274 237 -200
Of which: Specialisedlending Subtotal 20,632 2,029 0.078 22,631 0.072 4554 0.132 1,342 6,717 0.297 254 -186
Of which: SMEs0.00 to<0.15 656 710 0.603 1,566 0.001 1897 0.092 1,540 105 0.067 4 -18
Of which: SMEs0.15 to<0.25 1,047 543 0.387 1,803 0.002 1505 0.091 1,487 167 0.093 0 0
Of which: SMEs0.25 to<0.50 4,830 1,855 0.269 7,048 0.004 3430 0.119 1,355 1,120 0.159 3 -1
Of which: SMEs0.50 to<0.75 6,119 1,213 0.165 7,730 0.007 3282 0.106 1,420 1,416 0.183 6 -2
Of which: SMEs0.75 to<2.50 20,669 2,652 0.112 24,189 0.014 9217 0.121 1,443 6,582 0.272 45 -18
Of which: SMEs2.50 to<10.00 22,541 2,449 0.097 25,436 0.045 9106 0.148 1,333 10,774 0.424 176 -71
Of which: SMEs10.00 to<100.00 954 126 0.111 1,082 0.179 501 0.268 1,227 1,279 1.183 51 -25
Of which: SMEs100.00(Default) 5,912 336 0.052 6,310 1.000 2636 0.201 1,389 1,579 0.250 1,145 -988
Of which: SMEs Subtotal 62,729 9,885 0.137 75,163 0.107 31574 0.136 1,390 23,023 0.306 1,430 -1,123
Retail0.00 to<0.15 46,594 3,860 0.027 48,214 0.001 861579 0.227 2,598 0.054 85 -80
Retail0.15 to<0.25 62,226 1,537 0.025 63,943 0.002 848911 0.183 4,761 0.074 22 -12
Retail0.25 to<0.50 48,124 3,688 0.078 52,150 0.004 2017458 0.250 8,465 0.162 48 -24
Retail0.50 to<0.75 25,500 831 0.033 26,324 0.006 420333 0.193 4,782 0.182 32 -14
Retail0.75 to<2.50 35,294 1,262 0.036 35,858 0.014 977293 0.272 12,626 0.352 131 -44
Retail2.50 to<10.00 12,687 1,998 0.136 14,243 0.043 398637 0.273 6,978 0.490 165 -71
Retail10.00 to<100.00 1,187 217 0.155 1,368 0.172 197014 0.284 884 0.646 68 -41
Retail100.00(Default) 3,181 94 0.029 3,395 1.000 108466 0.278 1,010 0.298 872 -847
Retail Subtotal 234,793 13,487 0.046 245,495 0.021 5829691 0.227 42,104 0.172 1,425 -1,133
Secured by real estateproperty
0.00 to<0.15 46,290 3,334 0.024 47,748 0.001 662147 0.228 2,574 0.054 63 -57
Secured by real estateproperty
0.15 to<0.25 61,463 1,285 0.021 62,978 0.002 636093 0.183 4,678 0.074 22 -12
Secured by real estateproperty
0.25 to<0.50 45,026 2,050 0.044 47,327 0.004 411789 0.240 7,399 0.156 41 -22
Secured by real estateproperty
0.50 to<0.75 22,952 539 0.023 23,614 0.006 127616 0.185 4,219 0.179 28 -12
Secured by real estateproperty
0.75 to<2.50 24,236 472 0.019 24,791 0.013 136529 0.266 9,205 0.371 86 -26
Secured by real estateproperty
2.50 to<10.00 4,810 820 0.146 5,637 0.041 46399 0.275 3,878 0.688 61 -22
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 97
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Secured by real estateproperty
10.00 to<100.00 110 44 0.286 157 0.144 5417 0.268 203 1.293 6 -3
Secured by real estateproperty
100.00(Default) 2,177 55 0.025 2,247 1.000 18286 0.229 743 0.331 455 -418
Secured by real estateproperty Subtotal 207,066 8,600 0.030 214,498 0.015 2044276 0.218 32,900 0.153 762 -572
SMEs0.00 to<0.15 0 0 0 2 0 53 -53
SMEs0.15 to<0.25 0 0
SMEs0.25 to<0.50 3,453 10 0.003 3,464 0.003 24989 0.150 249 0.072 2 -1
SMEs0.50 to<0.75 1,496 310 0.172 1,806 0.006 17795 0.147 199 0.110 2 -1
SMEs0.75 to<2.50 9,683 455 0.045 10,137 0.015 81678 0.254 3,325 0.328 38 -13
SMEs2.50 to<10.00 2,987 820 0.215 3,806 0.041 41308 0.292 2,589 0.680 45 -16
SMEs10.00 to<100.00 13 44 0.772 60 0.127 4933 0.323 78 1.301 3 -1
SMEs100.00(Default) 1,571 54 0.033 1,636 1.000 13747 0.212 409 0.250 314 -277
SMEs Subtotal 19,203 1,693 0.081 20,910 0.094 184452 0.232 6,849 0.328 456 -360
Non-SMEs0.00 to<0.15 46,290 3,334 0.024 47,748 0.001 662147 0.228 2,574 0.054 10 -5
Non-SMEs0.15 to<0.25 61,463 1,285 0.021 62,978 0.002 636093 0.183 4,678 0.074 22 -12
Non-SMEs0.25 to<0.50 41,573 2,039 0.047 43,863 0.004 386800 0.248 7,150 0.163 40 -21
Non-SMEs0.50 to<0.75 21,456 229 0.011 21,807 0.006 109821 0.188 4,021 0.184 26 -12
Non-SMEs0.75 to<2.50 14,554 18 0.001 14,653 0.012 54851 0.274 5,880 0.401 47 -12
Non-SMEs2.50 to<10.00 1,823 0 0.000 1,830 0.042 5091 0.240 1,288 0.704 16 -7
Non-SMEs10.00 to<100.00 97 0 0.000 97 0.154 484 0.234 125 1.288 3 -2
Non-SMEs100.00(Default) 606 1 0.002 611 1.000 4540 0.275 334 0.547 141 -141
Non-SMEs Subtotal 187,862 6,907 0.025 193,588 0.007 1859827 0.217 26,051 0.135 306 -211
Qualifying revolving0.00 to<0.15 0 0
Qualifying revolving0.15 to<0.25 0 0
Qualifying revolving0.25 to<0.50 0 0
Qualifying revolving0.50 to<0.75 0 0
Qualifying revolving0.75 to<2.50 0 0
Qualifying revolving2.50 to<10.00 0 0
Qualifying revolving10.00 to<100.00 0 0
Qualifying revolving100.00(Default) 0 0
Qualifying revolving Subtotal 0 0 0
Other retail0.00 to<0.15 305 525 0.229 466 0.001 199434 0.209 23 0.050 23 -23
Other retail0.15 to<0.25 763 252 0.285 965 0.002 212818 0.227 83 0.086 0 0
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 98
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Other retail0.25 to<0.50 3,097 1,638 0.419 4,824 0.004 1605669 0.348 1,066 0.221 7 -3
Other retail0.50 to<0.75 2,548 291 0.114 2,710 0.006 292717 0.259 562 0.207 4 -1
Other retail0.75 to<2.50 11,058 790 0.072 11,067 0.015 840764 0.287 3,421 0.309 45 -18
Other retail2.50 to<10.00 7,876 1,179 0.130 8,606 0.045 352238 0.272 3,100 0.360 104 -49
Other retail10.00 to<100.00 1,077 173 0.139 1,212 0.176 191597 0.287 681 0.562 62 -38
Other retail100.00(Default) 1,003 39 0.037 1,148 1.000 90181 0.373 267 0.233 417 -429
Other retail Subtotal 27,728 4,888 0.154 30,998 0.063 3785418 0.290 9,204 0.297 663 -561
SMEs0.00 to<0.15 285 0 0.000 254 0.001 21030 0.296 16 0.063 26 -26
SMEs0.15 to<0.25 707 0 0.000 618 0.002 39035 0.292 67 0.108 0 0
SMEs0.25 to<0.50 2,628 126 0.046 2,461 0.004 136567 0.254 348 0.142 2 -1
SMEs0.50 to<0.75 2,089 151 0.067 2,070 0.006 107881 0.220 355 0.172 3 -1
SMEs0.75 to<2.50 10,033 543 0.051 9,706 0.015 450680 0.268 2,765 0.285 38 -16
SMEs2.50 to<10.00 7,634 1,178 0.134 8,363 0.045 326076 0.272 2,989 0.357 100 -48
SMEs10.00 to<100.00 1,009 173 0.147 1,132 0.172 85612 0.269 574 0.507 52 -34
SMEs100.00(Default) 908 39 0.041 1,026 1.000 26597 0.362 258 0.251 361 -372
SMEs Subtotal 25,293 2,210 0.080 25,632 0.069 1193478 0.269 7,373 0.288 584 -498
Non-SMEs0.00 to<0.15 20 525 0.348 212 0.001 178406 0.104 7 0.035 -3 3
Non-SMEs0.15 to<0.25 55 252 0.941 348 0.002 173783 0.110 16 0.046 0 0
Non-SMEs0.25 to<0.50 470 1,512 0.938 2,362 0.004 1469102 0.446 718 0.304 4 -2
Non-SMEs0.50 to<0.75 459 141 0.291 640 0.006 184836 0.384 207 0.324 1 0
Non-SMEs0.75 to<2.50 1,025 247 0.247 1,361 0.013 390084 0.422 656 0.482 7 -2
Non-SMEs2.50 to<10.00 242 1 0.006 243 0.047 26162 0.295 110 0.455 3 -1
Non-SMEs10.00 to<100.00 68 0 0.000 79 0.241 105985 0.545 107 1.351 11 -4
Non-SMEs100.00(Default) 95 0 0.001 121 1.000 63585 0.460 9 0.077 56 -57
Non-SMEs Subtotal 2,435 2,678 0.553 5,366 0.034 2591943 0.392 1,831 0.341 79 -63
Total AIRB approach0.00 to<0.15 149,926 24,111 0.100 168,534 0.000 865212 0.264 458 7,903 0.047 188 -128
Total AIRB approach0.15 to<0.25 72,439 6,975 0.079 79,333 0.002 851087 0.191 199 8,429 0.106 30 -18
Total AIRB approach0.25 to<0.50 74,456 17,410 0.160 90,073 0.004 2022881 0.234 409 19,910 0.221 81 -51
Total AIRB approach0.50 to<0.75 41,579 7,120 0.117 47,786 0.007 424993 0.182 526 11,672 0.244 58 -30
Total AIRB approach0.75 to<2.50 78,775 12,435 0.114 89,460 0.014 990263 0.217 739 36,068 0.403 277 -129
Total AIRB approach2.50 to<10.00 53,139 8,258 0.114 53,310 0.043 410742 0.202 892 27,723 0.520 466 -206
Total AIRB approach10.00 to<100.00 3,174 618 0.132 3,641 0.173 197986 0.293 662 4,193 1.152 186 -96
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 99
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Total AIRB approach100.00(Default) 14,233 618 0.038 15,126 1.000 112272 0.233 934 4,174 0.276 3,323 -2,976
Total AIRB approach Subtotal 487,721 77,545 0.111 547,262 0.037 5875436 0.227 521 120,073 0.219 4,607 -3,635
Central governments orcentral banks
0.00 to<0.15 - -
Central governments orcentral banks
0.15 to<0.25 - -
Central governments orcentral banks
0.25 to<0.50 - -
Central governments orcentral banks
0.50 to<0.75 - -
Central governments orcentral banks
0.75 to<2.50 2 0 0.038 2 0.017 1 0.450 913 3 1.450 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
2.50 to<10.00 - 2 0.200 0 0.057 1 0.450 913 1 1.659 0 0
Central governments orcentral banks
10.00 to<100.00 54 7 0.023 55 0.128 1 0.450 913 123 2.232 3 0
Central governments orcentral banks
100.00(Default) - -
Central governmentsor central banks Subtotal 56 9 0.029 58 0.123 3 0.450 913 127 2.202 3 0
Institutions0.00 to<0.15 2,589 569 0.057 2,770 0.001 98 0.450 913 1,203 0.434 1 -1
Institutions0.15 to<0.25 88 24 0.043 93 0.002 13 0.450 913 60 0.644 0 0
Institutions0.25 to<0.50 207 126 0.099 240 0.005 41 0.450 913 221 0.923 0 0
Institutions0.50 to<0.75 179 57 0.049 191 0.007 20 0.450 913 216 1.130 1 -1
Institutions0.75 to<2.50 619 89 0.027 639 0.013 41 0.450 913 858 1.342 4 -3
Institutions2.50 to<10.00 711 77 0.025 732 0.045 66 0.450 913 1,342 1.832 15 -2
Institutions10.00 to<100.00 1 9 0.403 5 0.128 5 0.450 913 13 2.577 0 0
Institutions100.00(Default) 18 - 0.000 18 1.000 1 0.956 913 0 0.000 17 -17
Institutions Subtotal 4,411 952 0.051 4,688 0.014 285 0.452 913 3,913 0.835 39 -25
Corporates0.00 to<0.15 515 - 0.000 648 0.001 16 0.450 913 237 0.365 0 0
Corporates0.15 to<0.25 240 - 0.000 257 0.002 5 0.450 913 125 0.487 0 0
Corporates0.25 to<0.50 878 35 0.019 1,025 0.004 28 0.450 913 707 0.689 2 -1
Corporates0.50 to<0.75 356 18 0.024 417 0.007 24 0.450 913 364 0.873 1 -1
Corporates0.75 to<2.50 563 0 0.000 620 0.013 25 0.450 913 664 1.072 4 -2
Corporates2.50 to<10.00 80 - 0.000 81 0.029 7 0.450 913 107 1.318 1 0
Corporates10.00 to<100.00 - -
Corporates100.00(Default) 69 - 0.000 69 1.000 5 0.191 913 0 0.000 15 -13
Corporates Subtotal 2,700 53 0.010 3,117 0.028 110 0.444 913 2,203 0.707 24 -17
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.00 to<0.15 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.15 to<0.25 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.25 to<0.50 87 - 0.000 87 0.005 1 0.450 913 64 0.737 0 0
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 100
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.50 to<0.75 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
0.75 to<2.50 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
2.50 to<10.00 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
10.00 to<100.00 - -
Of which: Specialisedlending
100.00(Default) - -
Of which: Specialisedlending Subtotal 87 - 0.000 87 0.005 1 0.450 913 64 0.737 0 0
Of which: SMEs0.00 to<0.15 - -
Of which: SMEs0.15 to<0.25 - -
Of which: SMEs0.25 to<0.50 - -
Of which: SMEs0.50 to<0.75 13 - 0.000 13 0.007 1 0.450 913 10 0.774 0 0
Of which: SMEs0.75 to<2.50 17 - 0.000 17 0.011 2 0.450 913 14 0.817 0 0
Of which: SMEs2.50 to<10.00 19 - 0.000 19 0.043 2 0.450 913 26 1.382 0 0
Of which: SMEs10.00 to<100.00 - -
Of which: SMEs100.00(Default) - -
Of which: SMEs Subtotal 49 - 0.000 49 0.022 5 0.450 913 50 1.021 0 0
Retail0.00 to<0.15 - -
Retail0.15 to<0.25 - -
Retail0.25 to<0.50 - -
Retail0.50 to<0.75 - -
Retail0.75 to<2.50 - -
Retail2.50 to<10.00 - -
Retail10.00 to<100.00 - -
Retail100.00(Default) - -
Retail Subtotal - -
Secured by real estate0.00 to<0.15 - -
Secured by real estate0.15 to<0.25 - -
Secured by real estate0.25 to<0.50 - -
Secured by real estate0.50 to<0.75 - -
Secured by real estate0.75 to<2.50 - -
Secured by real estate2.50 to<10.00 - -
Secured by real estate10.00 to<100.00 - -
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 101
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Secured by real estate100.00(Default) - -
Secured by real estate Subtotal - -
SMEs0.00 to<0.15 - -
SMEs0.15 to<0.25 - -
SMEs0.25 to<0.50 - -
SMEs0.50 to<0.75 - -
SMEs0.75 to<2.50 - -
SMEs2.50 to<10.00 - -
SMEs10.00 to<100.00 - -
SMEs100.00(Default) - -
SMEs Subtotal - -
Non-SMEs0.00 to<0.15 - -
Non-SMEs0.15 to<0.25 - -
Non-SMEs0.25 to<0.50 - -
Non-SMEs0.50 to<0.75 - -
Non-SMEs0.75 to<2.50 - -
Non-SMEs2.50 to<10.00 - -
Non-SMEs10.00 to<100.00 - -
Non-SMEs100.00(Default) - -
Non-SMEs Subtotal - -
Qualifying revolving0.00 to<0.15 - -
Qualifying revolving0.15 to<0.25 - -
Qualifying revolving0.25 to<0.50 - -
Qualifying revolving0.50 to<0.75 - -
Qualifying revolving0.75 to<2.50 - -
Qualifying revolving2.50 to<10.00 - -
Qualifying revolving10.00 to<100.00 - -
Qualifying revolving100.00(Default) - -
Qualifying revolving Subtotal - -
Other retail0.00 to<0.15 - -
Other retail0.15 to<0.25 - -
Other retail0.25 to<0.50 - -
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 102
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Other retail0.50 to<0.75 - -
Other retail0.75 to<2.50 - -
Other retail2.50 to<10.00 - -
Other retail10.00 to<100.00 - -
Other retail100.00(Default) - -
Other retail Subtotal - -
SMEs0.00 to<0.15 - -
SMEs0.15 to<0.25 - -
SMEs0.25 to<0.50 - -
SMEs0.50 to<0.75 - -
SMEs0.75 to<2.50 - -
SMEs2.50 to<10.00 - -
SMEs10.00 to<100.00 - -
SMEs100.00(Default) - -
SMEs Subtotal - -
Non-SMEs0.00 to<0.15 - -
Non-SMEs0.15 to<0.25 - -
Non-SMEs0.25 to<0.50 - -
Non-SMEs0.50 to<0.75 - -
Non-SMEs0.75 to<2.50 - -
Non-SMEs2.50 to<10.00 - -
Non-SMEs10.00 to<100.00 - -
Non-SMEs100.00(Default) - -
Non-SMEs Subtotal - -
Total FIRB approach0.00 to<0.15 3,104 569 0.049 3,418 0.001 114 0.450 913 1,440 0.421 2 -1
Total FIRB approach0.15 to<0.25 327 24 0.014 350 0.002 18 0.450 913 185 0.528 0 0
Total FIRB approach0.25 to<0.50 1,085 162 0.041 1,264 0.004 69 0.450 913 928 0.734 3 -1
Total FIRB approach0.50 to<0.75 535 75 0.034 608 0.007 44 0.450 913 580 0.954 2 -1
Total FIRB approach0.75 to<2.50 1,183 89 0.015 1,261 0.013 67 0.450 913 1,525 1.210 7 -6
Total FIRB approach2.50 to<10.00 791 79 0.024 814 0.044 74 0.450 913 1,449 1.781 16 -2
Total FIRB approach10.00 to<100.00 55 16 0.075 60 0.128 6 0.450 913 136 2.260 3 0
Total FIRB approach100.00(Default) 87 - 0.000 87 1.000 6 0.349 913 0 0.000 32 -30
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 103
Exposure class PD scale
Originalon-
balance-sheetgross
exposures
Off-balance-
sheetexposures
pre-CCFAverage
CCF
EAD postCRM andpost CCF
AveragePD
Numberof obligors
AverageLGD
Averagematurity RWAs
RWAdensity EL
Valueadjustments
andprovisions
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Amountsin million
of euros
Total FIRB approach Subtotal 7,167 1,014 0.037 7,862 0.020 398 0.449 913 6,243 0.794 66 -42
Narrative template 21: Rabobank does not use credit derivatives
to hedge under the credit risk framework, therefore there is no
effect on RWAs.
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 104
14.7 Template 24: EU CR9 - IRB approach - Backtesting of PD per exposureclass
Number of obligors
IRB approach Exposure class PD range Externalrating
equivalent
Weightedaverage
PD
Arithmeticaverage
PD byobligors
End ofprevious
year
End of theyear
Defaultedobligors in
the year
Of whichnew
obligors
Averagehistorical
annualdefault
rate
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0 zero-risk 0.000 0.001 32 36 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.000000 < 0.016565 AAA 0.026 0.019 16 14 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.016565 < 0.023191 AA+ 0.020 0.021 14 13 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.023191 < 0.032467 AA 0.004 0.022 4 5 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.032467 < 0.045454 AA- 0.038 0.038 10 11 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.045454 < 0.063636 A+ 0.052 0.048 9 12 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.075 0.075 7 6 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.105 0.110 3 3 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.148 0.148 4 3 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.218 0.218 7 6 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.347 0.353 2 3 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.498 0.498 11 13 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.747 0.747 3 2 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.121 1.121 3 2 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.681 1.635 2 4 0.836
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
3.088224 < 4.632335 B+/B 3.782 3.824 8 6 1.103
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.673 5.677 3 4 4.952
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.510 8.510 1 2 -
AIRB Central governments or centralbanks
15.634132 < 99.999999 CCC+/CCC/
CCC-/CC
17.602 17.659 1 2 29.630
AIRB Institutions 0.000000 < 0.016565 AAA 32.961 4.195 7 6 -
AIRB Institutions 0.016565 < 0.023191 AA+ 0.030 0.030 7 8 -
AIRB Institutions 0.023191 < 0.032467 AA 0.030 0.030 16 14 -
AIRB Institutions 0.032467 < 0.045454 AA- 0.034 0.041 60 60 -
AIRB Institutions 0.045454 < 0.063636 A+ 0.054 0.054 69 74 -
AIRB Institutions 0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.079 0.159 90 89 0.122
AIRB Institutions 0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.055 0.105 309 291 -
AIRB Institutions 0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.148 0.148 71 95 0.013
AIRB Institutions 0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.217 0.215 52 50 0.008
AIRB Institutions 0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.332 0.330 38 34 0.093
AIRB Institutions 0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.489 0.496 33 28 0.239
AIRB Institutions 0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.737 0.748 158 110 0.735
AIRB Institutions 0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.306 1.130 42 26 0.834
AIRB Institutions 1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.745 1.664 24 29 2.285
AIRB Institutions 2.058816 < 3.088224 B+ 2.649 2.635 37 23 4.319
AIRB Institutions 3.088224 < 4.632335 B+/B 3.782 3.752 6 11 4.609
AIRB Institutions 4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.629 5.591 5 12 6.445
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 105
Number of obligors
IRB approach Exposure class PD range Externalrating
equivalent
Weightedaverage
PD
Arithmeticaverage
PD byobligors
End ofprevious
year
End of theyear
Defaultedobligors in
the year
Of whichnew
obligors
Averagehistorical
annualdefault
rate
AIRB Institutions 6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.510 7.218 5 7 8.067
AIRB Institutions 10.422754 < 15.634132 B-/CCC+ 13.489 12.964 4 6 17.045
AIRB Institutions 15.634132 < 99.999999 CCC+/CCC/
CCC-/CC
19.148 19.148 0 2 -
AIRB Corporates 0 zero-risk 0.000 0.030 0 13 -
AIRB Corporates 0.000000 < 0.016565 AAA 0.030 0.030 12 11 -
AIRB Corporates 0.016565 < 0.023191 AA+ 0.030 0.030 6 17 -
AIRB Corporates 0.023191 < 0.032467 AA 0.029 0.030 83 71 -
AIRB Corporates 0.032467 < 0.045454 AA- 0.038 0.038 35 22 -
AIRB Corporates 0.045454 < 0.063636 A+ 0.054 0.055 94 116 -
AIRB Corporates 0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.075 0.075 153 166 1 0.454
AIRB Corporates 0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.105 0.105 1306 1171 0.001
AIRB Corporates 0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.147 0.167 1239 1280 0.043
AIRB Corporates 0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.219 0.219 2326 2105 3 0.099
AIRB Corporates 0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.362 0.340 3171 2520 6 0.118
AIRB Corporates 0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.502 0.509 4079 4004 16 1 0.416
AIRB Corporates 0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.755 0.769 5440 4902 63 1 0.926
AIRB Corporates 0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.142 1.177 5990 5486 104 2 1.736
AIRB Corporates 1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.712 1.741 5599 4950 36 1 2.898
AIRB Corporates 2.058816 < 3.088224 B+ 2.561 2.633 5070 4830 152 2 4.029
AIRB Corporates 3.088224 < 4.632335 B+/B 3.867 3.967 4074 3838 220 4 4.704
AIRB Corporates 4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.810 5.945 2300 2710 129 5 6.904
AIRB Corporates 6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.804 8.993 930 1283 89 3 13.319
AIRB Corporates 10.422754 < 15.634132 B-/CCC+ 13.305 13.752 425 381 44 1 18.488
AIRB Corporates 15.634132 < 99.999999 CCC+/CCC/
CCC-/CC
22.543 20.891 659 576 81 6 10.095
AIRB Retail 0.023191 < 0.032467 AA 0.033 0.030 27090 19989 27 11 -
AIRB Retail 0.032467 < 0.045454 AA- 0.038 0.038 22988 22486 13 -
AIRB Retail 0.045454 < 0.063636 A+ 0.054 0.051 147662 141167 77 1 -
AIRB Retail 0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.074 0.074 118729 108759 68 3 0.718
AIRB Retail 0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.124 0.115 416373 228847 417 12 -
AIRB Retail 0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.155 0.149 467097 606458 397 26 0.102
AIRB Retail 0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.211 0.206 611404 604348 700 19 0.178
AIRB Retail 0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.393 0.332 1849330 388098 5046 30 0.368
AIRB Retail 0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.525 0.435 395141 1785685 1826 113 0.402
AIRB Retail 0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.843 0.744 458078 452911 2687 133 0.841
AIRB Retail 0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.262 1.155 299966 397651 3599 245 1.399
AIRB Retail 1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.859 1.739 280318 288252 5892 632 2.469
AIRB Retail 2.058816 < 3.088224 B+ 2.520 2.529 183340 179762 2978 353 2.966
AIRB Retail 3.088224 < 4.632335 B+/B 3.776 3.789 139854 141922 3171 261 3.598
AIRB Retail 4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.689 5.630 102324 119524 3383 317 6.224
AIRB Retail 6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.466 8.584 49919 47871 2961 148 8.826
AIRB Retail 10.422754 < 15.634132 B-/CCC+ 12.791 13.843 53206 55397 3076 189 12.686
AIRB Retail 15.634132 < 99.999999 CCC+/CCC/
CCC-/CC
25.299 24.608 116885 132099 27141 5,340 16
FIRB Central governments or centralbanks
1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.681 1.681 1 1 -
FIRB Central governments or centralbanks
4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.673 5.673 1 -
FIRB Central governments or centralbanks
10.422754 < 15.634132 B-/CCC+ 12.765 12.765 1 -
FIRB Institutions 0.023191 < 0.032467 AA 0.030 0.030 1 -
FIRB Institutions 0.032467 < 0.045454 AA- 0.038 0.038 7 6 -
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 106
Number of obligors
IRB approach Exposure class PD range Externalrating
equivalent
Weightedaverage
PD
Arithmeticaverage
PD byobligors
End ofprevious
year
End of theyear
Defaultedobligors in
the year
Of whichnew
obligors
Averagehistorical
annualdefault
rate
FIRB Institutions 0.045454 < 0.063636 A+ 0.054 0.054 16 18 -
FIRB Institutions 0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.075 0.075 30 22 -
FIRB Institutions 0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.105 0.105 12 18 -
FIRB Institutions 0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.148 0.148 36 33 -
FIRB Institutions 0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.218 0.218 19 13 -
FIRB Institutions 0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.332 0.332 26 20 -
FIRB Institutions 0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.498 0.498 22 21 -
FIRB Institutions 0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.747 0.747 40 20 -
FIRB Institutions 0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.121 1.121 30 21 -
FIRB Institutions 1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.681 1.681 13 20 -
FIRB Institutions 2.058816 < 3.088224 B+ 2.522 2.522 38 25 0.667
FIRB Institutions 3.088224 < 4.632335 B+/B 3.782 3.782 9 12 -
FIRB Institutions 4.632335 < 6.948503 B 5.673 5.673 13 25 -
FIRB Institutions 6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.510 8.510 6 4 3.846
FIRB Institutions 10.422754 < 15.634132 B-/CCC+ 12.765 12.765 4 5 -
FIRB Institutions 100.000000 (Default) Default 100.000 100.000 1 1
FIRB Corporates 0.063636 < 0.089091 A 0.075 0.075 1 -
FIRB Corporates 0.089091 < 0.124727 A- 0.105 0.105 3 -
FIRB Corporates 0.124727 < 0.174618 BBB+ 0.148 0.148 3 12 -
FIRB Corporates 0.174618 < 0.271120 BBB 0.218 0.218 4 5 0.160
FIRB Corporates 0.271120 < 0.406680 BBB- 0.332 0.332 1 11 0.196
FIRB Corporates 0.406680 < 0.610019 BB+ 0.498 0.498 15 17 0.586
FIRB Corporates 0.610019 < 0.915029 BB+/BB 0.747 0.747 11 24 0.774
FIRB Corporates 0.915029 < 1.372544 BB 1.121 1.121 11 17 0.855
FIRB Corporates 1.372544 < 2.058816 BB- 1.681 1.681 4 8 0.784
FIRB Corporates 2.058816 < 3.088224 B+ 2.522 2.522 2 6 2.876
FIRB Corporates 6.948503 < 10.422754 B- 8.510 8.510 1 30
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 107
14.8 List of Abbreviations
• ABCP - Asset Backed Commercial Paper
• ABS - Asset Backed Securitisation
• AC - Audit and Compliance Committee
• AIRB - Advanced Internal Ratings Based
• ALM - Asset Liability Management
• ALCO - Asset Liability Committee
• AMA - Advanced Measurement Approach
• AML - Anti-Money Laundering
• AT1 - Additional Tier 1
• BCBS - Basel Committee for Banking Supervision
• BCM - Business Continuity Management
• BEICF - Business Environment and Internal Control Factors
• BIC - Brexit Impact Committee
• BGOC - Brexit Group Oversight Committee
• BPD - Bouwfonds Property Development
• BPV - Basis Point Value
• BRRD - Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive
• CA - Credit Approvals
• CC - Credit Committee
• CCB - CounterCyclical Buffer
• CCCRG - Central Credit Committee Rabobank Group
• CCFI - Credit Committee Financial Institutions
• CCP - Central Counterparties
• CCR - Counterparty Credit Risk
• CDD - Customer Due Diligence
• CDS - Credit Default Swap
• CET1 - Common Equity Tier 1
• CIOO - Chief Information Operations Officer
• CIU - Collective Investement Units
• CFO - Chief Financial Officer
• CLC - Country Limits Committee
• CLR - Compliance Legal Risk
• CPBP - Cliënts, Products & Business Practices
• CRD - Capital Requirements Directive
• CRO - Chief Risk Officer
• CRD IV - Capital Requirements Directive IV
• CRR - Capital Requirements Regulation
• CRUA - Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A.
• CSA - Credit Support Annex
• CTC - Complex Transactions Committee
• CVA - Credit Value Adjustment
• DBSF - Business Disruption and System Failures
• DLL - De Lage Landen
• DNB - De Nederlandsche Bank
• DPA - Damage to Physical Assets
• DRN - Deferred Remuneration Note
• EAD - Exposure at Default
• EaR - Earnings at Risk
• EBA - European Banking Authority
• EATE - Exposure at Transfer Event
• EatR - Equity at Risk
• ECAI - External Credit Assessment Institution
• ECB - European Central Bank
• EC - Economic Capital
• EDPM - Execution, Delivery & Process Management
• EDTF - Enhanced Disclosure Task Force
• EF - External Fraud
• EL - Expected Loss
• EPWS - Employment Practices and Workplace Safety
• ETP - Exchange Traded Products
• EU - European Union
• FED - Federal Reserve Bank
• FR&R - Financial Restructuring & Recovery
• FSB - Financial Stability Board
• GHOS - Governors and Heads Of Supervision
• HQLA - High Quality Liquid Assets
• IAA - Internal Assessment Approach
• IBNR - Incurred But Not Reported
• ICAAP - Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
• IF - Internal Fraud
• IFRS - International Financial Reporting Standards
• IMA - Internal Method Approach
• IMM - Internal Model Method
• IRB - Internal Ratings Based
• IRC - Incremental Risk Charge
• ISDA - International Swaps and Derivatives Association
• KPIs - Key Performance Indicators
• LAD - Loss At Default
• LB - Local Rabobanks
• LCR - Liquidity Coverage Ratio
• LCS - Limit & Control Structures
• LGD - Loss Given Default
• LGTE - Loss Given Transfer Event
• LLPC - Loan Loss Provision Committee
• LTV - Loan to Value
• LQC - Loan Quality Classification
• MD - Modified Duration
• MGC - Model Governance Committee
• MREL - Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities
• MTM - Mark to Market
• NCM - Non-Clearing Member
• NHG - Nationale Hypotheek Garantie
• NSFR - Net Stable Funding Ratio
• OLEM - Other Loans Exceptionally Mentioned
• ORM - Operational Risk Management
• OTC - Over The Counter
• P&L - Profit and Loss
• PFE - Potential Future Exposure
• PD - Probability of Default
• PPM - Policies and Procedures Management
Pillar 3
Pillar 3 Report 2018 - Pillar 3 108
• PWCE - Program Wide Credit Enhancement
• RAROC - Risk Adjusted Return On Capital
• RAS - Risk Appetite Statement
• RC - Regulatory Capital
• RC - Risk Committee
• RCF - Risk Control Framework
• RMBS - Residential Mortgage Backed Securities
• RMC - Risk Management Committee
• RM - Risk Management
• RM FM - Risk Management Financial Markets
• RM FMA - Risk Management Financial Markets Advisory
• RMI - Regulatory Market Infrastructure
• RNIM - Risks Not In Model
• ROC - Regulatory Oversight Committee
• RRR - Rabobank Risk Rating
• RWA - Risk Weighted Assets
• RWEA - Risk Weighted Exposure Amount
• RWS - Risk Weights for Securitisations
• SA - Standardised Approach
• SDGs - Sustainable Development Goals
• SFT -Securities Financing Transactions
• S&P -Standard and Poor’s
• SREP - Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process
• SRT -Significant Risk Transfer
• SST -Sustainably Successful Together
• SSTC - Scenario and Stress Testing Committee
• STC -Stress Test Committee
• SPV - Special Purpose Vehicle
• SVaR - Stressed Value at Risk
• TCF - Trade & Commodity Finance
• TLAC - Total Loss Absorbing Capacity
• ToR - Terms of Reference
• TPS - Trust Preferred Securities
• TRS - Total Return Swap
• UL - Unexpected Loss
• VaR - Value at Risk
• WRR - Wholesale, Rural & Retail